summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/66786-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/66786-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/66786-0.txt7285
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7285 deletions
diff --git a/old/66786-0.txt b/old/66786-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1100a78..0000000
--- a/old/66786-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7285 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Text-Book of Horseshoeing, by Anton
-Lungwitz
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A Text-Book of Horseshoeing
- for Horseshoers and Veterinarians
-
-Author: Anton Lungwitz
-
-Translator: John William Adams
-
-Release Date: November 21, 2021 [eBook #66786]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Richard Hulse and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
- https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images
- generously made available by The Internet Archive/American
- Libraries.)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXT-BOOK OF HORSESHOEING ***
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes:
-
- Underscores “_” before and after a word or phrase indicate _italics_
- in the original text.
- Equal signs “=” before and after a word or phrase indicate =bold=
- in the original text.
- Small capitals have been converted to SOLID capitals.
- Illustrations have been moved so they do not break up paragraphs.
- Typographical and punctuation errors have been silently corrected.
-
-
-
-
- A TEXT-BOOK
- OF
- HORSESHOEING
-
- FOR
- _Horseshoers and Veterinarians_
-
- BY
- A. LUNGWITZ
-
- FORMER MEMBER OF THE ROYAL SAXON VETERINARY COMMISSION,
- LATE INSTRUCTOR IN THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF HORSESHOEING,
- AND DIRECTOR OF THE SHOEING SCHOOL OF THE
- ROYAL VETERINARY COLLEGE IN DRESDEN, GERMANY
-
- AND
- JOHN W. ADAMS
-
- PROFESSOR OF SURGERY AND OBSTETRICS,
- AND LECTURER ON SHOEING IN THE VETERINARY SCHOOL,
- UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
-
- _ELEVENTH EDITION_
-
- _WITH TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY-NINE ILLUSTRATIONS_
-
- PHILADELPHIA & LONDON
- J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
-
- Copyright, 1897, by J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
- Copyright, 1904, by J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
- Copyright, 1913, by J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.
-
-
-The inauguration of the law requiring horseshoers to be examined
-emphasizes the need of a brief and easily understood text-book on
-theoretical and practical horseshoeing. At the request of the _Royal
-Veterinary Commission_, in charge of the Royal Veterinary School in
-Dresden, and many interested individuals, I have attempted to meet
-this need by condensing within the narrowest possible limits all that
-is essential to the horseshoer in the practice of his profession.
-The subject-matter has been cast into a logically arranged course of
-instruction; all that is superfluous and is found only in exhaustive
-treatises on shoeing has been omitted.
-
-In order to make this elementary text-book more easy to understand,
-numerous instructive illustrations have been incorporated, which were
-taken partly from “Der Fuss des Pferdes,” by Leisering & Hartmann,
-fifth edition, Dresden, 1882; partly from the journal _Der Hufschmied_,
-and partly from drawings made specially for this work.
-
-With the desire that this little book may find many friends and supply
-them with valuable information, it is herewith given to the public.
-
- A. LUNGWITZ.
- DRESDEN, September, 1884.
-
-
-
-
-TRANSLATOR’S PREFACE.
-
-
-During the past nine years in which it has been my privilege to teach
-horseshoeing to students of veterinary medicine in the University of
-Pennsylvania, and to classes of horseshoers under the auspices of the
-Master Horseshoers’ National Protective Association of America, I
-have been forcibly impressed with the urgent need of a text-book of
-horseshoeing that is adapted to the needs of beginners. In my opinion,
-such a work must present a detailed description of the anatomy and
-physiology of the legs below the middle of the cannons, and must
-emphasize in unmistakable terms the definite relations which exist
-between certain well-defined forms of the hoof and certain well-defined
-standing positions of the limb. Only on this sure foundation can a
-thoroughly scientific system of shoeing be based. Furthermore, the
-teachings must be eminently practical, logically arranged, as brief as
-is consistent with clearness, easy of comprehension by persons who are
-unfamiliar with technical language, profusely illustrated, and moderate
-in price.
-
-Through the kindness of my respected friend and former teacher,
-Professor A. Lungwitz, one of the highest authorities in all matters
-pertaining to shoeing, and for many years a teacher in and the Director
-of what I believe to be the best school of shoeing in the world, I am
-enabled to present to the public this translation of his text-book
-for students of shoeing. Written to meet requirements identical with
-those existing today in the United States, and in scope and arrangement
-exactly suited to both student and teacher, I am confident that it will
-meet the favor that it merits.
-
- THE TRANSLATOR.
- PHILADELPHIA, 1904.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE TO THE ELEVENTH EDITION.
-
-
-Since the publication in 1904 of a translation of the tenth edition of
-_Der Lehrmeister im Hufbeschlag_, Prof. Anton Lungwitz, the author,
-having reached the age of retirement has withdrawn from the activities
-of the _Royal Saxon Shoeing School_, and has expressed a desire that
-the translator assume entire responsibility for future editions.
-
-To note the progress of farriery during the past ten years many
-chapters have been revised, necessitating resetting, and sixty-nine new
-illustrations have been added and many redrawn. It has seemed desirable
-to discuss the effect of weight in the shoe in altering the flight of
-the foot; to consider rubber pads so widely used in the United States,
-and to direct attention to many innovations of more or less value, that
-have appeared during recent years.
-
-In preparing this edition I have had the cordial co-operation of the
-publishers, to whom I hereby express deepest gratitude. I wish also to
-record my appreciation for the many suggestions and other aid given me
-by Mr. Franz Enge, Chief Farrier of the shoeing shop of the Veterinary
-Hospital, University of Pennsylvania.
-
- JOHN W. ADAMS.
- UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, April, 1913.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
- PAGE
-
- INTRODUCTION 13
- The Object of Shoeing 13
-
- PART I.
-
- CHAPTER I.
- THE GROSS ANATOMY OF THE HORSE.
-
- BONES OF THE HEAD—BONES OF THE TRUNK 17
- THE SPINAL COLUMN—BONES OF THE THORAX 17-19
- BONES OF THE PELVIS—BONES OF THE LIMBS 19-21
- JOINTS—MUSCLES—TENDON SHEATHS 21-24
-
- THE FOOT.
- =A. The Bones of the Foot= 24
- The Cannon—The Long Pastern—The Sesamoid
- Bones—The Short Pastern—The Pedal Bone—
- The Navicular Bone 24-28
- =B. The Articulations of the Foot= 28
- I. THE FETLOCK-JOINT 28
- The Suspensory Ligament 29
- The Inferior Sesamoid Ligament 30
- II. THE CORONARY JOINT 31
- III. THE PEDAL ARTICULATION (COFFIN JOINT) 31
- =C. The Locomotory Organs of the Foot= 32
- The Anterior Extensor Tendon of the Phalanges—
- The Perforatus Tendon—The Perforans Tendon 32-35
- =Mucous Bursæ and Tendon Sheaths= 35
- =Altering the Relative Tension of the Flexor Tendons
- and Suspensory Ligament of the Fetlock-Joint= 36
- =D. The Elastic Parts of the Foot= 38
- The Lateral Cartilages—The Plantar Cushion 39, 40
- =E. The Blood-Vessels and Nerves= 41
- The Arteries of the Foot—The Veins of the Foot—
- The Nerves of the Foot 41-44
- =F. The Protective Organs of the Foot= 44
- (_a_) THE HAIR-SKIN 44
- 1. The Epidermis 45
- 2. The Dermis 45
- 3. The Subcutaneous Tissue 45
- (_b_) THE HOOF-SKIN, OR PODODERM 45, 46
- 1. The Perioplic Band 47
- 2. The Coronary Band 47
- 3. The Fleshy Wall 48
- The Fleshy Leaves
- (Podophyllous Tissue) 48, 49
- 4. The Velvety Tissue of the Sole 49
- 5. The Velvety Tissue of the Frog 49
- (_c_) THE HORN CAPSULE OR HOOF 50-53
- The Wall 50-53
- The Bars 51, 52
- The Layers of the Wall:
- 1. The Periople.
- 2. The Middle or Protective Layer.
- 3. The Leafy Layer (Keraphyllous Layer) 53-55
- The Sole 55, 56
- The Frog 57, 58
- The Minute Structure of the Horn 58
- Hard and Soft Horn 59
-
- CHAPTER II.
- THE FOOT IN ITS RELATION TO THE ENTIRE LIMB.
- =A. Standing Positions of the Limbs= 62
- (_a_) THE POSITIONS OF A FORE-LIMB VIEWED
- FROM IN FRONT AND IN PROFILE 62-67
- (_b_) THE POSITIONS OF A HIND LIMB VIEWED
- FROM BEHIND AND IN PROFILE 67-69
- =B. Forms of Feet, viewed from in Front,
- from Behind, and in Profile= 69-72
- =C. Lines of Flight of Hoofs in Motion= 72-75
- =D. Influence of Weight upon Lines,
- of Flight of Hoofs= 75, 76
- =E. Forms of Hoofs= 77
- The Hoof of the Regular Position—The Hoof of
- the Base-Wide Position—The Hoof of the
- Base-Narrow Position—Forms of Hind Hoofs—
- The Wide and the Narrow Hoof—The
- Characteristics of Healthy Hoofs 77-82
- =F. Growth of the Hoof and Wear of the
- Hoof and Shoe= 82-86
- =G. Physiological Movements of the Hoof= 86-89
-
- PART II.
-
- CHAPTER III.
- SHOEING HEALTHY HOOFS.
- =A. Examination of a Horse Preliminary
- to Shoeing= 90
- =B. Raising and holding the Feet of the Horse
- to be Shod= 92
- =C. Removing the Old Shoes= 97
- =D. Preparing the Hoof for the Shoe= 98
- =E. Preparing the Hoof for going Barefoot= 102
- =F. Making Shoes= 103
- The Podometer—Making Front Shoes—Making
- Hind Shoes—General Characteristics of
- Shoes—A Shoe with Heel-Calks—A Shoe
- with Toe- and Heel-Calks—Special
- Characteristics of Shoes 103-116
- =G. Choosing the Shoe= 116
- =H. Shaping and Fitting Shoes—General
- Considerations= 117
- =Shaping and Fitting Shoes—Special
- Considerations= 120
- =Fitting Shoes to Saddlers and Hunters= 122
- =Fitting Shoes to Runners= 123
- =Fitting Shoes to Trotters and Pacers= 124
- =Fitting Shoes to Heavy Draft-Horses= 125
- =I. Nailing the Shoe, Horseshoe-Nails= 128
- =K. Machine Shoes= 132
- =L. Rubber Pads= 135
-
- CHAPTER IV.
- SHOEING HORSES THAT FORGE AND INTERFERE.
- =A. Forging—Cross-firing= 138, 140
- =B. Interfering= 142
-
- CHAPTER V.
- WINTER SHOEING.
- 1. ICE-NAILS (FROST-NAILS) 146
- 2. SHARP TOE- AND HEEL-CALKS 146
- 3. SCREW-CALKS 148, 155
- 4. PEG HEEL-CALKS 150
- 5. PEG TOE-CALKS 152
- 6. REMOVABLE HEEL-CALKS, THAT DO NOT REQUIRE
- SHARPENING 154
-
- CHAPTER VI.
- HOOF NURTURE.
- =A. Care of Unshod Hoofs= 157
- =B. Care of Shod Hoofs= 159
- Greasing and Soaking the Hoof 159
-
- PART III.
-
- CHAPTER VII.
- GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE SHOEING OF
- DEFECTIVE HOOFS AND LAME HORSES.
- GENERAL REMARKS 161-165
- CLASSIFICATION OF DISEASES OF THE HOOF 165
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
- INFLAMMATIONS OF THE PODODERM (PODODERMATITIS).
- 1. NAILING 166
- 2. STREET-NAIL 170
- 3. CALK-WOUNDS OF THE CORONET 173
- 4. CORNS 174
- 5. INFLAMMATION OF THE HEELS 176
- 6. LAMINITIS (FOUNDER) 177
- 7. KERAPHYLLOCELE (HORN TUMOR) 181
-
- CHAPTER IX.
- DEFECTS OF THE HOOF.
- =A. Changes of Form= 182
- 1. THE FLAT AND THE FULL HOOF 182
- 2. THE UPRIGHT OR STUMPY HOOF 184
- 3. THE CONTRACTED HOOF 185
- (_a_) The Contraction of Wide Hoofs 189
- (_b_) Contraction of the Sole 189
- 4. THE WRY HOOF 190
- 5. THE CROOKED HOOF 192
- 6. OSSIFICATION OF THE LATERAL CARTILAGE
- (SIDE-BONE) 194
- =B. Disturbances of Continuity of Hoof= 195
- 1. CRACKS 195
- 2. CLEFTS 203
- 3. LOOSE WALL 204
- 4. HOLLOW WALL 205
- 5. THRUSH OF THE FROG 206
-
- CHAPTER X.
- SHOEING MULES, ASSES, AND OXEN.
- 1. THE SHOEING OF MULES AND ASSES 207
- 2. THE SHOEING OF OXEN 207
-
-
-
-
-INTRODUCTION.
-
-
-Horseshoeing is an industry which requires, in equal degree, knowledge
-and skill.
-
-The word “horseshoeing” embraces various acts, especially preparing
-the iron sole, the horseshoe; forming it and fitting it to the hoof,
-whose ground-surface has been previously dressed in accordance with the
-direction of the limb, and fastening it to the hoof by means of nails.
-
-Owing to the complicated structure of the hoof, success in the practice
-of horseshoeing requires a knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of
-the horse’s body in general and of the foot in particular.
-
-The object of shoeing is,—
-
- 1. To protect the hoof from excessive wear, and thus
- render the horse continuously serviceable upon our
- hard roads.
-
- 2. To prevent slipping and falling during the winter
- season.
-
- 3. To so far remove the disadvantages of faulty
- positions of the limbs that horses may render
- good service, and, in some cases,
-
- 4. To cure or improve diseased or defective hoofs
- or feet.
-
-Horseshoeing, though apparently simple, involves many difficulties,
-owing to the fact that the hoof is not an unchanging body, but
-varies much with respect to form, growth, quality, and elasticity.
-Furthermore, there are such great differences in the character of
-ground-surfaces and in the nature of horses’ work that shoeing which
-is not performed with great ability and care induces disease and makes
-horses lame.
-
-In view of these facts, a thorough training of the young horseshoer
-in the principles and practice of his trade is not only greatly to be
-desired, but is really essential to success; unreasoning work does
-as much harm in this as in any other vocation. _A good common-school
-education is necessary_ (more will do no harm). Further requisites
-are a _healthy body_, not too tall, _liking for the work, aptness_,
-an active, _reasoning mind, fearlessness, dexterity, a good eye for
-proportion_, and, finally, _careful selection of a master-instructor_.
-Theoretically educated, practically experienced and approved masters,
-in whose shops all kinds of horses are shod, are to be preferred.
-
-During his term of apprenticeship the young apprentice should _learn
-to make drawings of horseshoes, of tools of the trade_, and of hoofs
-of various forms, and should also make _one or more model shoes as an
-indication of his ability_. After completing his time he should seek a
-position in a first-class shop, either at home or abroad. A visit to
-foreign lands will widen one’s mental horizon and make him a broader,
-abler man in every respect. Later, opportunity will be given to some
-(in Germany) to join the cavalry, and thus acquire a good education
-in shoeing under the patronage of the government. Finally, a course
-of instruction in a school of horseshoeing will convert an already
-practical and intelligent horseshoer into a thoughtful, capable, expert
-workman.
-
-The scope of horseshoeing is by no means so narrow and insignificant
-as it may appear, and since a knowledge of the anatomy and physiology
-of the horse’s body in general, and of the foot in particular, is
-necessary, it is evident that the schools of horseshoeing in which
-one can get the best instruction are those in which there is not only
-a regularly graded course of instruction, with demonstrations upon
-dissected material and upon living horses, but also an abundance of
-daily work at the forge and on the floor in the shoeing of horses. =A
-course of four to six weeks is not sufficient.=
-
-Furthermore, it should be borne in mind that schools of horseshoeing
-are not for the purpose of instructing young men in all matters which
-pertain to the trade, but only in the making of shoes, the critical
-examination and management of hoofs, and the rational and skilful
-performance of shoeing. For this reason it is not advisable for young
-men to attend a school of horseshoeing until they have at least
-completed their apprenticeship.
-
-
-
-
-HORSESHOEING.
-
-
-
-
-PART I.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I. THE GROSS ANATOMY OF THE HORSE.
-
-
-The supporting structure of the horse’s body is the =bony framework= or
-skeleton (Fig. 1, page 18). We distinguish in the skeleton the bones of
-the head, trunk, and limbs.
-
-The =bones of the head= are numerous and, excepting the lower jaw, are
-solidly united with one another. In general, we distinguish in the head
-only the upper and lower jaws (1 and 1′). Both form various cavities;
-for example, the cranial cavity, in which the brain lies, the orbital
-cavities (eye-sockets), the nasal passages, and the mouth. Besides, the
-teeth are set in the jaws.
-
-The =trunk= comprises the bones of the spinal column, thorax, and
-pelvis.
-
-The _spinal_ or _vertebral column_ (2 to 6), which bears the head at
-its anterior end, is the chief support, of the entire skeleton. It
-consists of from fifty-two to fifty-four single and irregular bones
-called vertebræ, placed in the upper part of the median vertical plane
-of the body. Each vertebra, with the exception of those of the tail
-(coccygeal or caudal vertebræ), is traversed by a large opening called
-the vertebral foramen. The vertebræ are placed end to end in a row,
-and through them runs a continuous large canal called the _vertebral_
-or _spinal canal_, in which lies the spinal cord. The horse has seven
-cervical, eighteen dorsal, six lumbar, five sacral, and sixteen to
-eighteen caudal vertebræ. The sacral vertebræ are grown together to
-form one piece called the sacrum.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 1.
-
-SKELETON OF THE HORSE.—1, bones of the head; 1′, lower jaw; 2, cervical
-vertebræ; 3, dorsal vertebræ; 4, lumbar vertebræ; 5, sacral vertebræ
-(sacrum); 6, coccygeal vertebræ; 7, ribs; 8, sternum (breast-bone);
-9, pelvis; 9′, ilium; 9″, ischium; 10, scapula (shoulder-blade); 11,
-humerus; 12, radius; 13, ulna; 14, carpus (knee); 15, large metacarpal
-bone (cannon); 16, rudimentary metacarpal bones (splint-bones); 17, os
-suffraginis (long pastern); 18, os coronæ (short pastern); 19, os pedis
-(hoof-bone); 20, sesamoid bones; 21, femur; 22, patella (knee-pan,
-stifle); 23, tibia; 24, fibula; 25, tarsus, or hock; 26, large
-metatarsal bone (cannon); 27, rudimentary metatarsals (splint-bones);
-28, os suffraginis (long pastern); 29, os coronæ (short pastern); 30,
-os pedis (hoof-bone, “coffin bone”); 31, sesamoid bones.]
-
-The _thorax_ is formed by the ribs and the breast-bone or sternum.
-The horse has eighteen ribs on each side (7), and all articulate with
-the dorsal vertebræ. The first eight pairs unite by their lower ends
-directly to the sternum or breast-bone, and are therefore called _true
-ribs_, while the last ten pairs are only indirectly attached to the
-sternum, and are consequently called _false ribs_. The sternum (8) lies
-between the forelegs, and helps to form the floor of the chest cavity.
-The space enclosed by the bones of the thorax is called the thoracic,
-pulmonary, or chest cavity, and contains the heart and lungs. The
-_bones of the pelvis_ form a complete circle or girdle. The upper part,
-called the ilium (9′), articulates on its inner side with the sacrum
-(5), while its outer side is prolonged to form a prominent angle, which
-is the support of the hip, and is called the “point of the hip.” The
-posterior part of the pelvis is called the ischium (9″), and that part
-lying between the ilium and the ischium and forming part of the floor
-of the pelvis is called the pubis.
-
-The space between the thorax and the pelvis, bounded above by the
-lumbar vertebræ and shut in below and on the sides by the skin and
-muscular walls of the belly (abdomen), is called the _abdominal
-cavity_. This cavity opens directly into the pelvic cavity, and
-contains the stomach, intestines, liver, spleen, pancreas, kidneys, and
-a part of the generative organs. The thoracic and abdominal cavities
-are separated by a muscular partition, the _diaphragm_.
-
-The =bones of the limbs= may be likened to columns, upon which the body
-rests; they articulate with one another at various angles, are tubular
-in structure, and strong.
-
-The bones of the =fore-limbs= _do not articulate directly with the
-bones of the trunk_, but are attached to the body by means of the skin
-and muscles. From above to below we distinguish the following bones:
-
-1. The _scapula_, or shoulder-blade (10), a flat, triangular bone,
-prolonged at its upper border by a flat, very elastic cartilage, called
-the scapular cartilage. At its lower end the scapula articulates with—
-
-2. The upper end of the _humerus_ (11), forming the _shoulder-joint_
-(scapulo-humeral articulation). The humerus articulates at its lower
-end with—
-
-3. The _radius_ (12) and the _ulna_ (13), to form the _elbow joint_.
-These two bones are the basis of the _forearm_. The ulna, smaller and
-weaker than the radius, lies behind and projects above it to form the
-point of the elbow. The lower end of the radius articulates with—
-
-4. The _carpus_, or _knee_ (14), which comprises seven small, cubical
-bones disposed in two horizontal rows, one above the other. The upper
-row comprises four bones and the lower row three. The lower row rests
-upon—
-
-5. The large metacarpal or _cannon bone_, and the two rudimentary
-metacarpal or _splint-bones_. The lower end of the radius, the upper
-ends of the metacarpal bones, and the small carpal bones together form
-the carpal or _knee-joint_ (wrist of man). Of the metacarpals, the
-middle one is the largest, longest, strongest, and most important, and
-is called the _large metacarpal_, _cannon_, or _shin-bone_ (15). It
-articulates at its lower end with the os suffraginis, or long pastern
-(17), and with the two small sesamoid bones (20). On each side of
-the upper part of its posterior surface lie the two long, slender
-splint-bones (16). The inner splint-bone is sometimes affected with
-bony thickenings (exostoses) called “splints.”
-
-6. The bones of the _phalanges_ (all bones below the cannon) will be
-fully described in another place.
-
-The bones of the =hind limbs= articulate _directly_ with the pelvis at
-the hip-joint. They are stronger than the bones of the anterior limbs.
-We distinguish the following bones in the hind legs:
-
-1. The highest bone in the hind limb is the _femur_ (21). It is the
-strongest bone in the entire body. It lies in an oblique direction
-downward and forward, and at its lower end articulates with—
-
-2. The _patella_ (22), the _tibia_ (23), and the _fibula_ (24), to form
-the _stifle-joint_ (knee of man). The patella plays over the anterior
-surface of the lower end of the femur. The fibula is small, and lies
-against the upper and outer side of the tibia. The latter at its lower
-end articulates with—
-
-3. The bones of the tarsus, or _hock_ (25), which are six small,
-irregular bones disposed in three rows, one above another. The _os
-calcis_, or _heel-bone_, and the _astragalus_ are in the uppermost
-row, and are the most important. The former projects above the true
-hock-joint from behind, to form a long lever, the upper end of which
-is called the “point of the hock,” and the latter articulates with the
-tibia. The tarsal (hock) bones articulate below with—
-
-4. The _metatarsal bones_ (26 and 27), which are longer, and the cannon
-narrower from side to side, than the corresponding metacarpal bones,
-but are otherwise similar.
-
-5. The _phalanges_ of a hind limb (28 to 31) are also narrower than
-those of a fore-limb, but are nearly alike in other respects.
-
-All the horse’s bones present small, but more or less distinct openings
-(nutrient foramina) for the passage of blood-vessels and nerves.
-Many bones possess roughened elevations and depressions, to which
-ligaments, tendons, or muscles are attached. With the exception of
-the os pedis, all bones are enveloped in a sort of “bone-skin” called
-=periosteum=. The bones unite among themselves to form either _movable_
-or _immovable unions_. A movable union between two or more bones is
-termed a “joint,” or =articulation=. The articulating ends of the
-bones, presenting on one side a convex surface (head or condyle) and on
-the other a corresponding concave surface (glenoid or cotyloid cavity),
-are covered with elastic _articular cartilage_. The bones are bound
-together by means of =ligaments=, which are tough, fibrous, cord-like,
-or sheet-like structures. Ligaments are either (1) _capsular_ or (2)
-_funicular_ (cord-like). Every articulation in the limbs possesses a
-capsular ligament, and all, except the shoulder-joint, have several
-funicular (cord-like) ligaments. The capsular ligaments are lined
-upon their inner face with a delicate membrane (synovial membrane)
-which secretes the _synovia_, or “joint-water,” whose function is to
-lubricate the joint and prevent friction; they enclose the joint in
-a sort of air-tight cuff or sack. The funicular ligaments are very
-strong and often large, and are the chief means of union of the
-bones. The immovable articulations are termed _sutures_; they are
-found principally in the head. The mixed joints are found between the
-bodies of the vertebræ, each two of which are united by an elastic
-fibro-cartilage which, in the form of a pad, lies between them, and by
-its elasticity allows of very slight movement, though the spinal column
-as a whole can execute manifold and wide movements, as shown by the
-neck and tail.
-
-Joints which permit motion in all directions are known as =free
-joints=; such are the shoulder- and hip-joints (ball-and-socket
-joints). Those which admit of motion in but two directions (flexion
-and extension), and often to a very limited extent, are called
-=hinge-joints=,—_e.g._, the elbow, hock, and fetlock. The joints
-between the long and short pasterns and between the latter and the
-pedal bone are imperfect hinge-joints, because they allow of some other
-movements besides flexion and extension. The articulation between
-the first and second cervical vertebræ (atlas and axis) is called a
-=pivot-joint=.
-
-The skeleton represents a framework which closely approaches the
-external form of the body, and by reason of its hardness and stiffness
-furnishes a firm foundation for all other parts of the body. By
-reason of the great variety of position and direction of the bones,
-and of the fact that changes of position of each single part of this
-complicated system of levers may result in the greatest variety of
-bodily movements, we can readily understand how the horse is enabled
-to move from place to place. Of course, the bones have no power of
-themselves to move, but this power is possessed by other organs that
-are attached to the bones. These organs are the =muscles=, and, owing
-to their ability to contract and shorten themselves, and afterwards to
-relax and allow themselves to be stretched out, they furnish the motive
-power that is communicated to and moves the bones.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 2.
-
-OUTER MUSCLES OF THE HORSE.—1, cervical trapezius; 2, dorsal trapezius;
-3, mastoido-humeralis; 4, great dorsal muscle; 5, long abductor of
-the arm; 6, long extensor of the forearm; 7, large extensor of the
-forearm; 8, short extensor of the forearm; 9, sterno-trochinus (deep
-pectoral); 10, sterno-aponeuroticus; 11, great serratus; 12, common
-extensor of the metacarpus; 13, common extensor of the toe (anterior
-extensor); 14, common extensor of the long pastern (lateral extensor);
-15, oblique extensor of the metacarpus; 16, external flexor of the
-metacarpus; 17, internal flexor of the metacarpus; 18, oblique
-flexor of the metacarpus; 19, fascia lata; 20, superficial gluteus
-(anterior portion); 21, middle gluteus; 22, superficial gluteus
-(posterior portion); 23 and 24, femoral biceps; 25, semitendinosus; 26,
-semimembranosus; 27, anterior extensor of the toe; 28, lateral extensor
-of the toe; 29, perforans muscle (deep flexor of toe); 30, oblique
-flexor of the phalanges; 31, perforatus tendon (superficial flexor of
-phalanges); 32, Achilles tendon (ham-string).]
-
-The muscles of the body massed together are the red flesh which
-we observe in every slaughtered animal. They are not, however, so
-shapeless as they appear while in this condition; on the contrary, they
-present well-arranged muscular layers of variable size, thickness,
-length, and position. (See Fig. 2.) The muscles clothe the skeleton
-externally, give the body its peculiar form, and, by their special
-power of contraction, change the relative positions of the bones and
-thus make it possible for the animal to move. For this reason, the
-muscles are called the =active=, and the bones the =passive=, organs
-of motion. By carefully examining a muscle it will be found to consist
-of actual, minute, reddish, _muscular fibres_. As a rule, muscles
-terminate in more or less strong, glistening, fibrous cords called
-=tendons=, or fibrous sheets termed aponeuroses, by which they are
-attached to the bones. In the limbs are muscles terminating in very
-long tendons, which act as draw-lines upon the distant bones of the
-foot (long and short pasterns and pedal bone) and set them in motion.
-Such long tendons are enclosed in sheaths of thin, membranous tissue,
-known as _tendon sheaths_. The inner surface of such a sheath is in
-direct contact with the surface of the tendon, and secretes a thin
-slippery fluid (synovia) which lubricates the tendon and facilitates
-its gliding within the sheath.
-
-As long as the bones, articulations, muscles, and tendons of the limbs
-remain healthy, just so long will the legs maintain their natural
-direction and position. Frequently, however, this normal condition of
-the limbs is gradually altered by disease of the bones, joints, and
-tendons, and defects in the form and action of the lower parts of the
-limbs arise that often require attention in shoeing.
-
-
-THE FOOT.
-
-
-A. The Bones of the Foot.
-
-Since the horse is useful to man only by reason of his movements, his
-foot deserves the most careful attention. The horseshoer should be
-familiar with all its parts. Fig. 3 shows the osseous framework of
-the foot, consisting of the lower end of the cannon bone (_A_), the
-long pastern (_B_), the two sesamoid bones (_C_), the short pastern
-(_D_), and the pedal bone (_E_). The lower end of the cannon, or large
-metacarpal bone (_A_) exhibits two convex articular surfaces (condyles)
-separated by a median ridge running from before to behind, and all
-covered by articular cartilage. On both the external and the internal
-aspects of the lower end of the cannon are small uneven depressions in
-which ligaments take their attachment.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 3.]
-
-The condyles of the cannon articulate with the os suffraginis (long
-pastern) and the two sesamoids (Figs. 3, _C_, and 4, _B_) in such a
-manner that in the forefeet the cannon makes an angle with the long
-pastern of from one hundred and thirty-five to one hundred and forty
-degrees, and in the hind feet of from one hundred and forty to one
-hundred and forty-five degrees.
-
-The =long pastern= (first phalanx) (Fig. 4, _A_) is about one-third the
-length of the cannon; its upper and thicker end presents two condyloid
-cavities (_a_) (glenoid cavities), separated by a median groove, which
-exactly fit the condyles and ridge at the lower end of the cannon.
-The lower end of the long pastern is smaller than the upper, and is
-provided with two condyles, between which is a shallow groove (_e_).
-The anterior face of the bone is smooth, rounded from side to side, and
-blends into the lateral borders. The posterior face is flatter, and
-shows a clearly marked triangle to which ligaments attach.
-
-The two =sesamoid bones= (Fig. 4, _B_) are small, and somewhat
-pyramidal in shape, and, lying against the posterior part of the
-condyles of the cannon bone, increase the articular surfaces at the
-upper end of the long pastern.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 4.
-
-Os suffraginis with both sesamoid bones in position, as in Fig. 3. _A_,
-os suffraginis; _B_, sesamoid bones; _a_, upper joint-surface of long
-pastern; _b_, joint-surface of sesamoid bones; _c_, roughened surface
-at upper end; _d_, roughened surface at lower end, both for attachment
-of ligaments; _e_, lower joint-surface.]
-
-The =short pastern= (second phalanx) (Figs. 5 and 6) lies under the
-first phalanx and above the os pedis; it is somewhat cubical in
-shape. Its upper articular surface (Fig. 5, _a_) presents two glenoid
-cavities to correspond with the condyles of the first phalanx. The
-lower articular surface (Fig. 5, _d_) resembles the lower end of the
-first phalanx. The upper posterior border of this bone is prominent and
-prolonged transversely (Fig. 6, _a_), to serve as a _supporting ledge_
-for the first phalanx, as a point of attachment for the perforatus
-tendon, and as a gliding surface for the perforans tendon.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 5.
-
-Short pastern (os coronæ) viewed in front and in profile: _a_, upper
-joint-surface; _b_, anterior surface; _c_, lateral surface; _d_, lower
-joint-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.
-
-Short pastern seen from behind: _a_, smooth surface over which the
-perforans tendon glides; _b_, lower joint-surface.]
-
-The lowest bone of the limb is the =third phalanx= or =os pedis= (Fig.
-7). In form it is similar to the hoof. The _anterior or wall-surface_
-(_a_) is rough, like pumice stone. Above and in front is the _pyramidal
-eminence_ to which the tendon of the anterior extensor of the phalanges
-attaches. Behind, the bone extends backward to form the _inner_ and
-_outer branches_ (_c, c_) or wings of the os pedis. The _upper_,
-articular surface (_b_) slopes backward and downward. The _lower_,
-solar or plantar surface (Fig. 8, _a_) is slightly concave, and
-presents posteriorly a half-moon-shaped excavation, with a roughened
-border called the _semilunar crest (c)_, to which the perforans tendon
-attaches; just above this crest are two small holes (_e_) known as the
-_plantar foramina_, through which the plantar arteries pass into the
-bone. The surfaces of wall and sole come together in a sharp edge,
-which is circular in its course. It is easy to tell whether a pedal
-bone is from a fore or a hind limb; the os pedis of a hind leg has
-a steeper and more pointed toe, and a more strongly concaved solar
-surface than the same bone of a fore-leg. Not only is the outline of
-the sharp inferior border of the os pedis of a _front foot more rounded
-at the toe_, but when placed on a flat surface the _toe does not touch_
-by reason of being turned slightly upward, much as a shoe designed to
-give a “rolling motion.” The os pedis of a _hind foot is narrower from
-side to side_ (pointed), and _does not turn up at the toe_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 7.
-
-Os pedis seen in profile and in front; _a_, anterior face with
-pyramidal eminence above; _b_, joint-surface; _c_, wings or branches
-of hoof-bone; _d_, notch which, by the attachment of the lateral
-cartilage, is converted into a foramen and leads to _e_, the preplantar
-fissure.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 8.
-
-Lower surface of hoof-bone; _a_, anterior portion covered by the
-velvety tissue of the sole; _b_, wing of the os pedis; _c_, semilunar
-crest, to which the perforans tendon attaches; _d_, plantar fissure
-leading to _e_, plantar foramen.]
-
-The right and left hoof-bones are also, as a rule, easily distinguished
-by variations in the surfaces of wall and sole. The shape of the os
-pedis corresponds to the form of the horny box or hoof, and therefore a
-knowledge of this bone is absolutely necessary.
-
-The =navicular bone= (os naviculare, nut-bone, Figs. 9 and 10) is
-an accessory or sesamoid bone to the os pedis. It is a small bone,
-transversely elongated and situated behind and below the os pedis and
-between the wings of the latter. It adds to the articular surface of
-the pedal joint. Its under surface is smooth, and acts as a gliding
-surface for the perforans tendon, which is quite wide at this point.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 9.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 10.
-
-Fig. 9 represents the upper surface of the navicular bone; Fig. 10 the
-lower surface of the same: _a_, anterior border; _b_, slight elevation
-in middle of under surface.]
-
-The long axes of the three phalanges (os suffraginis, os coronæ, and os
-pedis) should unite to form a straight line, when viewed either from
-in front or from one side; that is, the direction of each of these
-three bones should be the same as the common direction of the three
-considered as a whole.
-
- In young colts both the long and short pasterns are
- in three parts and the pedal bone in two parts, all
- of which unite later in life to form their respective
- single bones.
-
- In mules and asses the os pedis is comparatively
- small and narrow. In cattle all three phalanges are
- double, and split hoofs cover the divided os pedis.
-
-
-B. The Articulations of the Foot.
-
-There are three articulations in the foot—namely, the fetlock,
-coronary, and pedal joints. All are hinge-joints, the fetlock being a
-perfect hinge-joint, and the other two imperfect hinge-joints. Each
-has a _capsular ligament_, and also several _funicular_ or cord-like
-_ligaments_ which are placed at the sides of (lateral ligaments), or
-behind (on the side of flexion) the joints.
-
-I. The =fetlock= or =metacarpo-phalangeal articulation= is formed by
-the condyles at the lower end of the cannon bone and the glenoid
-cavities formed by the union of the articular surfaces of the sesamoids
-and the upper end of the first phalanx. The following ligaments are
-about this joint:
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.]
-
-1. _Two lateral ligaments_, an external and an internal (Fig. 11, _a_).
-
-2. _Two lateral sesamoid ligaments_ (_f_).
-
-3. An _intersesamoid ligament_ (Fig. 12, _b_), a thick, fibrous mass,
-binding the sesamoid bones almost immovably together, extending above
-them and presenting on its posterior face a smooth groove, in which
-glide the flexor tendons of the phalanges (perforans and perforatus).
-
-4. The _suspensory ligament_ of the fetlock (Figs. 11, _c_, 12, _c_,
-and 13, _c_, pages 29 and 30). This may also be called the superior
-sesamoid ligament. It is a long and very powerful brace, originating
-on the lower row of carpal bones (bones of the hock in the hind leg)
-and on the upper end of the cannon between the heads of the two
-splint-bones, and dividing at the lower third of the cannon into two
-branches (_c_), which are attached one to each sesamoid bone. Below
-these bones these two branches are prolonged obliquely downward and
-forward on opposite sides of the long pastern to pass into the borders
-of the anterior extensor tendon of the toe at about the middle of the
-long pastern (Fig. 14, _b′_, page 32).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 13.
-
-Fig. 11 shows a side view, and Figs. 12 and 13 a posterior view of the
-phalangeal bones, with their articular ligaments. The lettering is the
-same in all three figures: _a_, lateral ligament of fetlock-joint; _b_,
-intersesamoid ligament; _c_, suspensory ligament of the fetlock; _d_,
-median branch of inferior sesamoid ligament; _d′_, lateral branches
-of inferior sesamoid ligament; _e_, deep inferior sesamoid ligament;
-_f_, lateral sesamoid ligaments; _g_, inferior coronary ligaments; _h_,
-superior coronary ligaments; _h′_, median coronary ligaments; _i_,
-lateral pedal ligament; _k_, lateral coronary ligament and suspensory
-ligament of the navicular bone; _l_, interosseous ligament.]
-
-5. The _inferior sesamoid ligament_ (Figs. 11, _d′_, 12, _d_, _d′_,
-and 13, _d′_, _E_). This originates at the lowest part of the sesamoid
-bones and intersesamoid ligament, and consists of _three parts_ or
-branches. The _median branch_ (_d_) is the longest and strongest, and
-takes its lower attachment in the middle of the fibro-cartilaginous lip
-found on the upper border of the posterior face of the second phalanx.
-The _two lateral branches_ (_d′_) approach each other as they descend,
-and terminate on the sides of the roughened triangle on the posterior
-face of the first phalanx.
-
-6. The _deep inferior sesamoid ligament_ (Fig. 13, _e_) is quite short,
-and consists of a number of distinct, thin fibrous bands lying directly
-against the bone and entirely covered by the median and lateral
-inferior sesamoid ligaments. These fibrous bands cross one another in
-passing from the sesamoids to the first phalanx.
-
-II. The =coronary joint= is the simplest of the three articulations of
-the foot. The long pastern furnishes two condyles and the short pastern
-two glenoid cavities. Besides a capsular ligament there are—
-
-1. _Two lateral coronary ligaments_ (_k_) and,
-
-2. _Six posterior coronary ligaments_,—namely, _two superior_ coronary
-ligaments (_h_), _two median_ coronary ligaments (_h′_), and _two
-inferior_ coronary ligaments (_g_).
-
-III. The =pedal articulation= (“coffin” joint) is an imperfect
-hinge-joint, and is formed by the condyles at the lower end of the
-short pastern and the two glenoid cavities in the united upper surfaces
-of the pedal and navicular bones. Besides the _capsular ligament_
-(Figs. 12 and 13, _l_), which binds all three bones together, there are
-the following accessory ligaments:
-
-1. _Two strong lateral ligaments_, an external and an internal (Fig.
-11, _i_), whose posterior borders are lost in the lateral cartilages
-which cover them.
-
-2. _Two lateral suspensory ligaments of the navicular bone_ (_k_).
-They begin on the posterior border and ends of the navicular bone,
-and terminate on the lower part of the anterior surface of the os
-suffraginis, where they are lost in the lateral ligaments of the
-coronary articulation.
-
-3. The _lateral ligaments_ of the lateral _cartilages_, _navicular
-bone_, and _os pedis_. They are short, and unite the navicular bone
-with the os pedis and lateral cartilages.
-
-Of the three phalangeal articulations, the pedal is the only one that
-permits of any lateral movement; hence it is an imperfect hinge-joint.
-
-
-C. The Locomotory Organs of the Foot.
-
-Though the muscles are the organs which produce motion, the horseshoer
-need concern himself only with the tendons of those muscles which
-extend and flex the phalanges. These tendons are either =extensors= or
-=flexors=. The extensors lie on the _anterior face_ and the flexors on
-the _posterior face_ of the phalanges.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 14.
-
-Right forefoot viewed from in front and from the external side: _a_,
-anterior extensor tendon of the toe; _b_, suspensory ligament of the
-fetlock; _b′_, branch of the same passing forward and uniting with the
-extensor tendon of the toe; _c_, extensor tendon of the os suffraginis
-(absent in the hind leg), called the lateral extensor.]
-
-The _anterior extensor of the phalanges_ (Fig. 14, _a_) extends
-the long and short pasterns and the hoof-bone; it is broad, and
-made somewhat broader by receiving the branches of the suspensory
-ligament (_b′_) that come from the sesamoid bones. It takes a firm
-attachment on the pyramidal eminence of the os pedis. In the forefeet
-the long pastern has a special extensor tendon (_c_), which is known
-as the _lateral extensor_. When the muscles to which these tendons
-are attached act,—that is, when they draw themselves together, or
-_contract_, as we term this action,—the foot is carried forward
-(extended).
-
-There are _two flexor tendons_ of the phalanges,—namely, the
-_superficial_ (perforatus tendon) and the _deep_ (perforans tendon).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 15.
-
-Right forefoot seen from behind: _a_, lower end of the perforans
-tendon, cut through and hanging down, so that its anterior surface is
-visible; _a′_, lower expanded end (plantar aponeurosis) of this tendon,
-which attaches itself to the semilunar crest of the os pedis; _a″_,
-shallow groove which receives the slight elevation on the under surface
-of the navicular bone; _a‴_, piece of the perforans tendon enclosed
-by the ring formed by the perforatus tendon; _b_, perforatus tendon
-bent over backward so that its anterior surface is visible; _b′_, ring
-of the perforatus tendon; _b″_, terminal branches of the same; the
-perforans tendon passes through the space between these two branches;
-_c_, navicular bone; _d_, suspensory ligament of the same; _e_, smooth
-surface on the os coronæ over which the perforans tendon glides; _f_,
-the smooth groove (sesamoid groove) on the posterior surface of the
-intersesamoid ligament for the gliding of the perforans tendon; _g_,
-body of the suspensory ligament of the fetlock; _g′_, terminal branches
-of the same, attaching to the sesamoid bones.]
-
-1. The _superficial flexor_ or _perforatus tendon_ (Figs. 15, _b_,
-and 16, _a_, _b_) lies behind, immediately under the skin, and covers
-the deep flexor or perforans tendon. At the gliding surface between
-the sesamoid bones (Fig. 15, _f_) it broadens, and forms a ring or
-tube (Fig. 15, _b′_) through which the perforans tendon (_a‴_) passes,
-while a short distance farther down it bifurcates, or divides into two
-branches (Figs. 15, _b″_, and 16, _b_), which terminate, one on either
-side, partly on the inferior lateral borders of the first phalanx
-and partly on the fibro-cartilage of the second phalanx. It acts
-simultaneously on the long and short pasterns.
-
-2. The _deep flexor_ or _perforans tendon_ (Figs. 15, _a_, and 16,
-_c_) is cylindrical and stronger than the perforatus tendon; above
-the fetlock-joint it lies between the perforatus and the suspensory
-ligament of the fetlock. At the sesamoid bones it passes through the
-ring formed by the perforatus tendon (Fig. 15, _b′_), then becomes
-broad and double-edged, passes between the two terminal branches of the
-perforatus, glides over the fibro-cartilage of the second phalanx and
-over the inferior surface of the navicular bone, and finally ends on
-the semilunar crest of the third phalanx. In common with the perforatus
-tendon it flexes the foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 16.
-
-Right forefoot seen from behind and a little from the external side:
-_a_, perforatus tendon; _b_, terminal branches of the same; _c_,
-perforans tendon; _d_, annular ligament which attaches to the sesamoid
-bones: _d′_, the “x” ligament, which attaches by four branches to the
-os suffraginis; _d″_, an upper branch of the same (the lower branches
-are not shown in the figure); _e_, reinforcing sheath of the perforans
-tendon, covering the under surface of the latter and attached by
-its branches at _e′_ to the lower end of the os suffraginis; _f_,
-suspensory ligament of the fetlock.]
-
-If at a point a few inches above the fetlock a limb be cut through
-from behind, the knife will pass successively through the following
-structures: skin, perforatus tendon, perforans tendon, suspensory
-ligament, cannon bone, lateral extensor tendon, anterior extensor
-tendon, and, lastly, the skin on the anterior surface of the limb. The
-flexor tendons are frequently thickened and shortened by inflammation
-due to injury, and as a result the foot is pulled backward and the hoof
-gradually becomes more nearly upright,—_i.e._, stubby, steep-toed.
-A knowledge of the normal condition of the tendons is, therefore,
-absolutely necessary to the horseshoer. Both flexor tendons are
-embraced and held in place by ligaments and fascia passing out from
-the phalanges (Figs. 16, _d′_, and 24, _e_, _f_). The extensor and
-flexor tendons essentially contribute to the strong union of the
-phalangeal bones, and especially to the support and stability of the
-fetlock-joint. The gliding of the tendons is made easy by the secretion
-of a lubricating fluid, called synovia, from the inner surface of the
-sheaths which surround them. In thin-skinned well-bred horses with
-sound limbs one can not only distinctly feel the tendons through the
-skin, but can see their outline. _When the tendons and bones are free
-from all inflammatory thickenings, and the tendon sheaths are not
-visibly distended, we say that the leg is “clean.”_
-
-
-Mucous Bursæ and Tendon Sheaths.
-
-Accessory to the tendons, there are in the foot roundish, membranous
-sacs (mucous bursæ) and membranous tubes (tendon sheaths). Both contain
-a liquid resembling synovia (“joint-water”), which facilitates the
-gliding of the tendons. These bursæ and sheaths are often distended to
-form soft tumors, known as hygromata (“wind-puffs,” “wind-galls”).
-
-(_a_) =Mucous Bursæ.=—They lie beneath tendons at those places where
-the tendons pass over bony prominences.
-
-1. The mucous bursa of the anterior extensor tendon of the toe is about
-the size of a walnut, and lies between the tendon and the capsular
-ligament of the fetlock-joint (Figs. 17, _g_, and 18, _e_).
-
-2. The mucous bursa of the extensor tendon of the long pastern (lateral
-extensor) is somewhat smaller, and lies, likewise, beneath the tendon,
-between it and the capsular ligament of the fetlock-joint (Fig. 17,
-_h_).
-
-3. The mucous bursa of the navicular region lies between the under
-surface (gliding surface) of the navicular bone and the flexor pedis
-perforans tendon (deep flexor). Its width equals the length of the
-navicular bone, and it extends upward and downward beyond the bone.
-Above, it is separated from the sheath of the perforans tendon (“great
-sesamoid sheath”) by a membranous partition; below, it passes to the
-attachment of the perforans tendon to the semilunar crest of the os
-pedis.
-
-(_b_) There is but one tendon sheath in the foot—the sheath common to
-the two flexor tendons (great sesamoid sheath). It encloses the flexor
-tendons from the middle third of the cannon down to the middle of the
-short pastern, and is intimately united with the flexor pedis perforans
-tendon (Fig. 17, _f_, _f′_, _f″_, _f‴_. Fig. 18, _d_, _d′_, _d″_, _d‴_).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 17.
-
-Right forefoot seen from the external side; _f_, _f′_, _f″_, _f‴_,
-great sesamoid sheath (tendon sheath); _g_, mucous bursa beneath
-anterior extensor tendon of the toe; _h_, mucous bursa beneath extensor
-tendon of long pastern; _i_, synovial distension of the fetlock-joint;
-7, suspensory ligament; 9, cannon bone; 10, outer sesamoid bone; 12,
-fetlock-joint; 13, lateral cartilage; 14, suspensory ligament of the
-lateral cartilage. (Ellenberger in Leisering’s Atlas and Veterinary
-Anatomy, Sisson, Saunders.)]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 18.
-
-Right forefoot seen from the inner side; _d_, _d′_, _d″_, _d‴_, great
-sesamoid sheath; _e_, mucous bursa beneath anterior extensor tendon of
-the toe; _f_, synovial distension of fetlock-joint; 10, inner sesamoid
-bone; 11, “x” ligament; 14, fetlock-joint; 15, lateral cartilage; 16,
-suspensory ligament of lateral cartilage (Ellenberger in Leisering’s
-Atlas and Veterinary Anatomy, Sisson, Saunders.)]
-
-Altering the Relative Tension of the Flexor Tendons and Suspensory
-Ligament of the Fetlock-Joint.
-
-The body-weight imposed at the fetlock-joint is supported, in large
-part, by the suspensory ligament; somewhat less weight is borne by the
-perforans tendon, and a still smaller amount by the perforatus. The
-coronary joint is supported chiefly by the perforatus, assisted by
-the perforans. The pedal joint is pressed forward and upward by the
-perforans tendon passing in a curve beneath the navicular bone. Each of
-these three structures bears its normal proportion of the body-weight
-when the three phalanges, as viewed from the side, form a continuous
-straight line from the fetlock-joint to the ground. In such a case the
-obliquity of the long pastern will be the same as that of the toe (see
-Foot-Axis, p. 70).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 19.
-
-Right forefoot viewed from the external side: _A_, os coronæ; _B_, os
-pedis; _C_, external lateral cartilage; _a_, lateral pedal ligament;
-_b_, ligament uniting the lateral cartilage with the os coronæ; _c_,
-aponeurosis joining lateral cartilage and os pedis.]
-
-_Raising the toe_ by means of a tip, a full shoe with thinned branches
-or a toe-calk, _or paring away the quarters_ will tilt the os pedis
-backward, break the foot-axis backward in the pedal joint and to a less
-extent in the coronary joint, and increase the tension of the perforans
-tendon considerably and of the perforatus slightly. These tendons
-tightening behind the fetlock-joint force it forward, causing the long
-pastern to stand steeper, and taking some strain from the suspensory
-ligament. Hence, _the perforans tendon is under greatest tension, and
-the suspensory ligament under least tension, when the foot-axis is
-broken strongly backward_.
-
-_Shortening the toe, or raising the quarters_ by heel-calks or
-thickened branches, will tilt the os pedis forward, break the foot-axis
-forward in the pedal joint, and will _greatly lessen the tension of the
-perforans tendon_. The aggregate tension of perforans and perforatus
-tendons being diminished, the fetlock sinks downward and backward,
-the long pastern assumes a more nearly horizontal direction, and the
-tension of the suspensory ligament is increased. Thus, _the perforans
-tendon is under least tension, and the suspensory ligament under
-greatest strain, when the foot-axis is broken strongly forward_.
-
-
-D. The Elastic Parts of the Foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 20.
-
-Os pedis and inner face of one lateral cartilage; _a_, toe of os pedis;
-_a′_, pyramidal eminence to which the extensor tendon attaches; _a″_,
-wing of pedal bone; _b_, lateral cartilage; _C_, points of attachment
-of suspensory ligament of lateral cartilage; _d_, point of insertion
-of ligament to the short pastern; _e_, point of insertion of ligaments
-from navicular bone.]
-
-All bodies which under pressure or traction change their form, but
-return again to their original shape as soon as the pressure or
-traction ceases, are called _elastic_ or _springy_. Nearly all parts of
-the horse’s foot, except the bones, possess more or less elasticity.
-The _lateral cartilages_ and the _plantar cushion_ are elastic to a
-high degree, but the _coronary band_, the _laminæ_, the _articular
-cartilage_, and the horny box or _hoof_ are less elastic. This property
-or characteristic is possessed by the respective parts of the foot in
-accordance with their function, location, and structure.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 21.
-
-Plantar cushion seen from below: _a_, base or bulb of the plantar
-cushion; _b_, summit; _c_, median lacuna or cleft in which lies the
-“frog-stay” of the horny frog.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 22.
-
-Plantar cushion seen from above: _a_, base (bulbs) of same; _b_,
-summit; _c_, suspensory ligament of plantar cushion; _d_, place at
-which the elastic ligament connecting the os suffraginis and the
-lateral cartilage unites with the plantar cushion.]
-
-The =two lateral cartilages= (Figs. 19, _C_ and 20, _b_) are irregular,
-quadrangular plates, attached to the wings of the os pedis, and
-extending so far upward and backward that one can feel them yield
-to pressure on the skin above the coronet, and can thus test their
-elasticity. The perforans tendon and the plantar cushion lie between
-the lateral cartilages, and on the sides and behind are partially
-enclosed by them. The internal concave surface of the lateral cartilage
-(Fig. 20) is attached to the plantar cushion, the os pedis, and the
-navicular bone, and, like the external, slightly convex surface, is
-covered with many blood-vessels (veins) Fig. 25, _B_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 23.
-
-Section lengthwise through middle of the plantar cushion: _a_, glome
-(bulb) of heels; _b_, apex or point of fleshy frog; _c_, fibro fatty
-tissue of plantar cushion; _d_, median cleft which receives the
-frog-stay of the horny frog.]
-
-The =plantar cushion= (Figs. 21, 22, 23) is composed almost entirely
-of yellow elastic and white fibrous tissues, with adipose (fat) cells
-distributed throughout their substance. It is similar in form to the
-horny frog, and lies between it and the perforans tendon (Fig. 24,
-_a_). The bulbs are formed by the posterior thicker portion which lies
-between the lateral cartilages and is divided into two parts by the
-cleft or median lacuna (Figs. 21, _a_, and 23, _d_). The summit is
-attached to the plantar face of the os pedis in front of the semilunar
-crest, and the bulbs are attached to the lateral cartilages. It is
-covered inferiorly by the velvety tissue of the frog (pododerm).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 24.
-
-Right forefoot viewed from below, behind, and the external side. This
-figure shows clearly the position of the plantar cushion. The external
-lateral cartilage and the tissues covering the plantar cushion and
-under surface of the os pedis (velvety tissue of the sole and fleshy
-frog) have been removed: _a_, fleshy frog or plantar cushion; _a′_,
-bulbs of plantar cushion; the remaining visible parts belong to the
-so-called “fleshy frog;” _a″_, groove (median lacuna) in the lower
-surface of the fleshy frog, in which lies the frog-stay of the horny
-frog; _b_, suspensory ligament of the plantar cushion passing out of
-the bulbs; _b′_, small elastic cords passing to the lateral cartilage;
-_c_, elastic ligament coming from the lateral cartilage and uniting
-with the suspensory ligament of the plantar cushion; _d_, small
-tendinous cord beginning in the skin behind the fetlock-joint and
-ending on the os suffraginis in common with _b_ and _c_; _e_, tendinous
-reinforcing sheath of the perforans tendon; _f_, reinforcing stay of
-the perforatus tendon; _g_, perforatus tendon; _h_, perforans tendon;
-_i_, suspensory ligament of the fetlock; _k_, plantar surface of the os
-pedis, to which the plantar cushion is joined by fibrous bands.]
-
-
-E. The Blood-Vessels and Nerves.
-
-Vessels which carry blood from the heart to the tissues are called
-=arteries=, while those which return the blood to the heart from the
-tissues are called =veins=. Arteries and veins are connected by very
-small, thread-like vessels called _capillaries_, which originate in the
-smallest arteries and are so minute that they can not be seen without
-the aid of a microscope. The capillaries penetrate the soft tissues in
-every direction, and finally unite to form small veins. For our purpose
-we need consider only the arteries and veins.
-
-The =arteries= carrying blood from the heart ramify and subdivide in
-all parts of the body, and thus reach the foot. They are thick-walled,
-very elastic tubes, =without valves=, and carry =bright-red= blood,
-which flows in spurts, as can be seen when an artery is cut. If a
-finger be pressed lightly over an artery lying near the surface, the
-blood-wave can be felt as a light stroke (pulse). The character of
-the pulse is important, because in inflammations of the pododerm or
-horn-producing membrane of the foot we can ascertain by feeling that
-the pulse is stronger than usual in the large arteries carrying blood
-to the inflamed foot.
-
-On either side of the phalanges below the fetlock-joint there lies an
-artery called the _digital artery_ (Fig. 25, _a_). The pulse can be
-felt in it as it passes over the fetlock at _A_, Fig. 25. It gives off
-the following collateral (side) branches: 1. The _artery of the first
-phalanx_ (perpendicular artery), with anterior and posterior branches.
-2. The _artery of the plantar cushion_, which supplies with blood the
-plantar cushion, the velvety tissue of the sole and frog, the bar
-portion of the coronary band, and the sensitive laminæ of the bars. 3.
-The _coronary artery_, which carries blood to the coronary band, os
-coronæ, ligaments of the coronary and pedal joints, flexor tendons, and
-skin.
-
-The terminal branches of the digital arteries are the _preplantar_ and
-_plantar ungual arteries_. The preplantar artery passes through the
-notch in the wing of the os pedis, then along the preplantar fissure,
-splitting up into many branches, which spread over and penetrate the
-porous surface of the os pedis. The plantar artery courses along the
-plantar fissure, enters the plantar foramen, and passes into the
-semilunar sinus of the os pedis, where it unites with the terminal
-branch of the opposite digital artery, forming the _semilunar arch_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 25.
-
-Side view of forefoot, showing blood-vessels and nerves: _a_, digital
-artery; _b_, anterior artery of the os suffraginis; _d_, anterior
-coronary artery, or circumflex artery of the coronet; _e_′, preplantar
-ungual artery; _f′_, inferior communicating arteries passing out from
-the semilunar artery of the os pedis, through minute holes just above
-the lower border of the bone; they unite to form (_f″_) the circumflex
-artery of the toe; _A_, digital vein; _B_, superficial venous plexus of
-coronary band and lateral cartilage; _C_, podophyllous venous plexus;
-_G_, circumflex vein of the toe; 1, plantar nerve; 2, anterior digital
-branch of same; 3, posterior digital branch of same; 4, small cutaneous
-branches of same.]
-
-After the arterial or pure blood passes through the capillaries it
-is collected by the =veins=, to be returned to the heart; then it is
-driven to the lungs for purification, and is again returned to the
-heart, from whence it is pumped through the arteries to all parts of
-the body.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 26.
-
-Foot viewed from below and behind: _a_, digital arteries; _c_, arteries
-of the plantar cushion; _f‴_, small branches of the semilunar artery
-of the os pedis, which ramify in the velvety tissue of the sole; _A_,
-digital vein; _B_, venous plexus of the heels or bulbs; _D_, solar
-venous plexus; _G_, circumflex vein of the toe; 3, posterior digital
-branch of the plantar nerve; 4, cutaneous branches of the same.]
-
-The veins are more numerous than the arteries; they have thinner walls,
-and the larger ones are provided with =valves= that prevent the impure
-blood from flowing backward. The veins carry impure or =dark-red= blood
-towards the heart, and if one is opened the dark blood flows in a
-steady stream; it does not spurt. The great number of veinlets in the
-lower parts of the foot form a complex net-work (plexus) of vessels
-which are in such manifold and close union with one another that
-checking the flow of blood in one part does not seriously interfere
-with the flowing of the blood towards the larger veins. The following
-are the most important of these net-works of veins or venous plexuses:
-(1) the _solar venous plexus_ (Fig. 26, _D_); (2) the _podophyllous
-venous plexus_ (Fig. 25, _C_); (3) _superficial coronary venous
-plexus_ (Fig. 25, _B_); (4) _bulbar venous plexus_ (Fig. 26, _B_). All
-these plexuses of small veins contribute to form the _digital veins_
-(Figs. 25 and 26, _A_).
-
-=Nerves= are roundish white cords which come from the brain and spinal
-cord; they generally accompany arteries. They divide and subdivide
-into smaller and smaller branches till they become invisible to the
-naked eye and are lost in the tissues. The nerves that are found in the
-foot come from the spinal cord, and because the largest nerves of the
-foot accompany the digital arteries they are called _digital nerves_
-(Fig. 25, 1). The branches ramify throughout all parts of the foot
-except the horny box and the hair. Nerves, according to their use or
-function, are classed as _motor_ and _sensory_. The motor nerves end in
-muscles which they stimulate to action and control. The sensory nerves
-terminate in the skin and in the soft tissues just under the horny box
-or hoof (pododerm), and render these parts sensitive; that is, they
-convey certain feelings, as, for example, the pain caused by bruising,
-pricking, or close-nailing, to the brain and consciousness.
-
-
-F. The Protective Organs of the Foot.
-
-The protective organs are the skin and the horny box or hoof.
-
-The _external skin_, or _hide_, covers the entire body; in the feet it
-covers the bones, tendons, and ligaments, even passing in under the
-hoof and directly covering the os pedis. This portion of the skin,
-enclosed by the hoof and therefore invisible, is called the _pododerm_
-or foot-skin. In Germany it is called the _hoof-skin_ (huflederhaut),
-because it is a continuation of the outer visible skin, and because
-it secretes the hoof,—that is, the hoof is produced by it. That part
-of the skin which is covered with hair is known as the external or
-_hair-skin_.
-
-(_a_) =The hair-skin= (Fig. 27, _a_) consists of _three_ superposed
-_layers_,—(1) the _external_ superficial layer, or _epidermis_; (2) the
-_middle_ layer, _derm_ or leather-skin (so-called because leather is
-made from it); (3) the _internal_ layer, or _subcutaneous connective
-tissue_.
-
-1. The _external layer_, or _epidermis_, is composed merely of single
-flattened, horn-like cells (scales) lying side by side and over one
-another, and uniting to form one entire structure,—a thin, horn-like
-layer, without blood-vessels or nerves. It extends over the entire
-surface of the body, and protects the underlying, very sensitive middle
-layer from external influences. The oldest cell-layers lie on the outer
-surface, and are being continuously brushed off in patches or scales,
-while new ones are constantly being formed on the outer surface of the
-middle layer.
-
-2. The _middle layer_, _leather-skin_ or _dermis_, is composed of
-solid, fibrous, and elastic tissues, and contains many blood-vessels,
-small nerves, sweat-and oil-glands, and hair follicles from which the
-hair grows. The hair upon the posterior surface of the fetlock-joint is
-usually long and coarse, forming a tuft known as the “foot-lock,” which
-encloses a horny spur, called the ergot. Common-bred horses have, as
-a rule, larger and coarser footlocks than thoroughbreds. The derm or
-leather-skin, which produces the hair and epiderm, is the thickest and
-most important layer of the skin.
-
-3. _The inner layer, or subcutaneous tissue_, unites the middle layer
-with the muscles, tendons, ligaments, bones, or other structures. It is
-that loose fibrous mesh or net-work through which the butcher cuts in
-removing the hide from the carcass.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 27.
-
-Foot from which the horny capsule or hoof, has been removed by
-prolonged soaking: _a_, skin; on the left the hair has been rubbed
-away; _b_, perioplic band; _c_, coronary cushion; _d_, podophyllous
-tissue (fleshy leaves); at the lower border of the figure can be seen
-the minute thread-like processes or villi which grow down from the
-lower end of each fleshy leaf.]
-
-(_b_) =The hoof-skin= (Figs. 27 and 28, _b_, _c_, _d_), or pododerm,
-is completely enclosed by the hoof. Although it is only an extension of
-the derm or middle layer of the hair-skin, it differs from the latter
-in structure and relations.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 28.
-
-Foot from which the near half of the horny wall and a greater part
-of the so-called fleshy wall have been removed, in order to show the
-relation of the lateral cartilage to adjacent structures: _a_, vertical
-section of the skin prolonged downward through the pododerm (foot-skin)
-to show clearly that the latter is but a continuation of the former;
-_a′_, hairless place on the skin; _b_, perioplic band; _b′_, line
-indicating the upper border of the same; _b″_, surface of section of
-the periople, or perioplic horn-band; _c_, coronary cushion; _c′_,
-(left) line which marks the upper border of the coronary cushion;
-_c″_, section of wall at the toe; _d_, podophyllous tissue (sensitive
-laminæ); _e_, horny sole; _f_, white line; _g_, horny frog; _h_, fleshy
-frog; _i_, lateral cartilage.]
-
-In order to study the pododerm we should not wrench the hoof off with
-violence, but should allow the foot to partially decompose by leaving
-it for six to eight days at ordinary room temperature; it can then
-be removed without injuring the pododerm. After the hoof has been
-removed the entire pododerm presents a more or less dark-red color
-(flesh-color), which is due to the great number of blood-vessels that
-it contains. For this reason different parts of the pododerm have
-received the prefix “fleshy,” as for example, fleshy wall, fleshy sole,
-fleshy frog, etc. The pododerm is what the uninformed horseshoer calls
-the “quick.” I will here remark that the three layers of the external
-or hair-skin are represented in the foot; however, the epidermis is
-in an entirely different form,—namely, the horny box or hoof. The
-internal layer or subcutaneous tissue of the hair-skin is absent in
-those parts of the foot where the pododerm covers the os pedis. There
-remains, therefore, only the middle layer, derm, or _pododerm, which
-secretes the hoof_, and which is the prolongation and representative
-of the middle layer of the hair-skin. The pododerm is distinguished
-from the derm of the hair-skin chiefly by the absence of hairs, oil-
-and sweat-glands, and the presence on its outer surface of fleshy,
-sensitive laminæ and small thread-like projections called villi.
-
-The pododerm consists of five different parts: the _perioplic band_,
-the _coronary band_, the _sensitive laminæ_ (podophyllous tissue), the
-_velvety tissue of the sole_, and the _velvety tissue of the fleshy
-frog_.
-
-1. The _perioplic band_ (Fig. 28, _b_) is a narrow ridge, about
-one-fifth to one-fourth of an inch wide, lying between the hair-skin
-and the coronary band. Somewhat broader at the toe than on the sides,
-it broadens out near the bulbs of the heels, over which it passes to
-end in the velvety tissue of the fleshy frog. It is separated from
-the coronary band by a narrow depression called the _coronary furrow_
-(Moeller). The surface of the perioplic band glistens faintly, and is
-thickly studded with numerous thread-like projections called villi,
-which are from one-twenty-fourth to one-twelfth of an inch in length.
-=The perioplic band secretes the soft horn of the perioplic ring and
-the perioplic or varnish-like outer layer of the wall.=
-
-2. The _coronary band_ (Fig. 27, _c_) lies between the perioplic band
-and the sensitive laminæ or fleshy leaves. It presents a prominent
-convex band or cushion about three-fourths of an inch wide, which
-extends entirely around the foot from one bulb of the heel to the
-other. In front it directly covers the anterior extensor tendon of the
-toe, and at the sides the lateral surfaces of the os coronæ and the
-upper part of the lateral cartilages, while farther back towards the
-heels the lateral cartilages project considerably above both coronary
-and perioplic bands. The coronary band is more convex (rounded) in
-front than on the sides of the foot, and is flattened in the region
-of the bulbs of the heels. Its surface is thickly covered with villi,
-which are longer and stronger than those of the perioplic band. At the
-bulbs of the heels the coronary band turns forward and inward along the
-fleshy frog nearly to its summit. This portion of the coronary band
-is from one-third to one-half an inch wide, and is called the _bar
-portion of the coronary band_. It is also covered with villi, which are
-directly continuous with those of the fleshy frog. =The coronary band
-secretes the principal part (middle layer) of the horny wall of the
-hoof, including the bar portion (bars) of the wall.=
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 29.
-
-Plantar surface of a foot deprived of its horny capsule by prolonged
-maceration: _a_, laminæ of the bars; _b_, velvety tissue of the sole;
-_c_, velvety tissue of the frog; _d_, median cleft of the fleshy
-frog, into which the velvety tissue dips; _e_, bulbar portion of the
-perioplic band, which passes insensibly into the velvety tissue of the
-fleshy frog.]
-
-3. _The fleshy wall_, or _podophyllous tissue_ (Figs. 27, 28, _d_,
-and 29, _a_), is all that portion of the pododerm on which there are
-fleshy leaves. This leafy tissue covers the anterior surface of the
-os pedis and the lower portion of the external surface of the lateral
-cartilages. At the bulbs of the heels it turns inward at a sharp angle
-and extends forward and inward, between the bar portion of the coronary
-band and the posterior part of the velvety tissue of the sole, nearly
-to the middle of the solar surface of the foot, to form the _laminæ
-of the bars_ (Fig. 29, _a_). The fleshy wall and fleshy bars are not
-covered with villi, but with numerous prominent, parallel, _fleshy
-leaves_ placed close together, each of which runs in a straight line
-downward and forward from the coronary band to the lower border of the
-os pedis. Between the fleshy leaves are deep furrows in which, in a
-foot which has not been deprived of its horny capsule, lie the horny or
-insensitive leaves of the wall. The fleshy leaves (podophyllous laminæ)
-are related to one another somewhat as the leaves of a book; their
-posterior borders are attached to the body or basement membrane of the
-fleshy wall, while their anterior borders and sides are free. At their
-upper ends immediately below the coronary band the leaves are quite
-narrow, but they gradually increase in width down to the middle, and
-thereafter maintain that breadth to the lower border of the os pedis,
-where they terminate in free, fleshy villi, which differ in no respect
-from those of the fleshy sole. The number and length of the fleshy
-leaves vary; in a medium-sized foot there are about five hundred, while
-in a large foot there may be as many as six hundred. On the anterior
-surface of the os pedis the leaves are thickest and longest; on the
-sides and quarters they gradually decrease in length, while in the bar
-region they are the shortest and gradually disappear near the anterior
-ends of the bars. The width of the leaves decreases as they become
-shorter. Viewed with the naked eye the leaves appear flat and smooth,
-but under the microscope one can see on both sides of a fleshy leaf
-numerous small, fleshy leaflets parallel to one another and extending
-lengthwise with the larger leaf. The large ones are called _principal
-leaves_, and the small ones are known as _collateral leaves_, or simply
-as _leaflets_.
-
- =The fleshy leaves (podophyllous tissue) secrete
- the horny leaves (keraphyllous tissue) and serve to
- bind the horny wall to the pododerm. The strength
- of this union is due largely to the dovetailing of
- the horny leaves and their leaflets with the fleshy
- leaves and their leaflets.=
-
-4. _The fleshy sole_ or _velvety tissue of the sole_ (Fig. 29, _b_) is
-that part of the pododerm which covers all the under surface of the
-foot except the plantar cushion, the bar laminæ, and the bar portion of
-the coronary band. It is sometimes slate-colored or studded with black
-spots, but is usually dark-red. It is thickly set with villi, which are
-especially long and strong[1] near its periphery. =The fleshy sole=
-covers the solar plexus, or net-work of veins, and =secretes the horny
-sole=.
-
-[1] In order to see the length, thickness, and abundance of the villi
-of the pododerm, place the foot deprived of its hoof in a clear glass
-jar and cover it with water, renewing the latter until it is no longer
-tinged with blood.
-
-5. _The velvety tissue of the frog_ (Fig. 29, _c_) covers the lower
-surface of the plantar cushion, and in the region of the bulbs (_e_)
-passes insensibly into the perioplic band. In comparison with the
-fleshy sole, it has much finer and shorter villi and contains fewer
-blood-vessels. =It secretes the soft, horny frog.=
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 30.
-
-Side view of hoof recently removed: _a_, the perioplic horn-band; it
-is swollen from prolonged maceration in water; the upper border shows
-adhering hairs; the inner surface (perioplic groove) presents many
-minute openings; _a′_, the perioplic horn-band broadens in passing over
-the bulb or glome of the heel, and is finally lost in the horny frog;
-_a″_, section of wall removed. That part of hoof on the right of _b_ is
-called the toe; between _b_ and _c_ is the side wall or “mamma,” and
-between _c_ and _d_ the “quarter;” _e_, projecting horny frog; _f_,
-coronary groove with numerous minute openings; _g_, keraphyllous layer
-of the wall (horny leaves).]
-
-(_c_) =The horn capsule= or =hoof= (Fig. 30) is the entire mass made up
-of the horn-cells secreted from the whole surface of the pododerm, and
-next to the shoe is the organ with which the horseshoer has most to do.
-The horn capsule or hoof is nothing more than a very thick epidermis
-that protects the horse’s foot, just as a well-fitting shoe protects
-the human foot. The hoof of a sound foot is so firmly united with the
-underlying pododerm that only an extraordinary force can separate them.
-In its normal condition the hoof exactly fits the soft structures
-within it; hence it is evident that local or general contraction of the
-hoof must produce pressure on the blood-vessels and nerve-endings of
-the pododerm, disturb the circulation of the blood and the nutrition of
-the foot, and cause pain.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 31.
-
-Plantar surface of right fore-hoof: _a_, _a_, bearing-surface of the
-toe; _a_, _b_, bearing-surface of the side walls or mammæ; _b, c_,
-bearing-surface of the quarters; _d_, buttress, or angle formed by wall
-and bar; _e_, bar; _f_, sole; _f′_, branches of the sole; _g_, white
-line; it passes between the sole and bars and ends at _g′_; _h_, horny
-frog; _i_, branches of the frog; _k_, heels, bulbs, or glomes of the
-hoof; _l_, median lacuna of horny frog. Between the bars and the horny
-frog lie the lateral lacunæ of the frog.]
-
-The hoof is divided into three principal parts, which are solidly
-united in the healthy foot,—namely, the =wall=, the =sole=, and the
-=frog=. That part of the hoof which is almost wholly visible when
-the foot is on the ground (Fig. 30, _b_, _c_), and which protects
-the foot in front and upon the sides, is known as the =wall=. In
-position, course, direction, and arrangement of its parts it simulates
-the different parts of the pododerm from which it is developed. It
-extends from the edge of the hair just above the coronary band to the
-ground; backward it gradually decreases in height (length), passes
-around the bulbs of the heels, and turns forward and inward (Fig. 32,
-_d_, _e_, and 34, _a_, _b_) to form the =bars=, which are finally
-lost in the edge of the sole near the summit of the frog. It thus
-forms at each heel an angle (Fig. 31, _d_, and 32, _d_) known as a
-buttress, which encloses a branch of the horny sole. Externally the
-wall is smooth, covered with the varnish-like periople, and presents
-indistinct ring-like markings (Fig. 30). Its inner surface, on the
-contrary, presents a great number of horn-leaves which are spoken of
-collectively as the _keraphyllous tissue_ (Figs. 32, _g_, and 35,
-_f_). The upper or =coronary border= of the wall is thin and flexible,
-and on its inner aspect is the =coronary groove=, into which fits the
-=coronary band= (Fig. 30, _f_). The lower border of the wall, called
-the “=bearing-edge=” or _plantar border_ (Fig. 31, _a_), is the one to
-which the horseshoe is fastened. By dividing a hoof from before to
-behind along its median line, _outer_ and _inner_ halves or _walls_ are
-produced, and by dividing the entire lower circumference of the wall
-into five equal parts or sections, a =toe=, two =side walls or mammæ=,
-and two =quarters= will be exhibited (Figs. 32 and 33). In order to
-designate these regions of the hoof still more accurately, they are
-spoken of as outer and inner toes, quarters, and heels.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 32.
-
-Wall and bars seen from below: _a_, toe; _b_, side wall, or mamma; _c_,
-quarter; _d_, buttress; _e_, bar; _g_, horn-leaves; _h_, space occupied
-by the frog.]
-
-_The direction_ (slant) _and length of the wall_ vary in one and the
-same hoof, as well as between fore and hind hoofs. The portion of the
-wall of fore-hoofs is the most slanting,—that is, forms the most acute
-angle with the surface of the ground,—and is also the longest. Towards
-the quarters the wall gradually becomes very nearly vertical; in almost
-all hoofs the posterior part of the quarters slants downward and inward
-towards the median vertical antero-posterior plane of the foot. At the
-same time the wall, in passing back from the toe to the heel, becomes
-gradually shorter in such a manner that the heights of the toe, side
-walls, and quarters are related to one another about as 3: 2: 1 in
-front hoofs and as 4: 3: 2 in hind hoofs. The outer wall is, as a rule,
-somewhat more slanting than the inner. Viewing a foot in profile, the
-toe and heel should be parallel; that is, the line from the hair to the
-ground at the toe should be parallel to the line from the hair to the
-ground at the buttress. =All deviations of the wall from a straight
-line= (outward or inward bendings) =are to be regarded as faults or
-defects=.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 33.
-
-A hoof in profile; _a_, toe (one half); _b_, side wall; _c_, quarter.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 34.
-
-Vertical section through the middle of a hoof, with horny frog removed,
-to show the position of the bar: _a_, _b_, marks the line at which the
-wall bends forward and inward towards the median line of the foot to
-become the bar. Bar runs forward and passes imperceptibly into the sole
-_c_; _a_, _a′_, the light shading shows the part of the bar that was in
-contact with the horny frog.]
-
-The _thickness of the wall_ is also variable. In front hoofs the wall
-is thickest at the toe, and becomes gradually thinner towards the
-quarters, while in hind hoofs, there is very little difference in
-the thickness of the wall of the toe, sides, and quarters. _The more
-slanting half of the hoof is always the thicker_; thus, for example,
-the outer wall of a base-wide foot is always longer and more oblique
-than the inner wall, and is also thicker. According to Mayer, the
-thickness of the wall at the toe varies from three- to five-eighths of
-an inch, and at the quarters from two to three-eighths of an inch.
-These measurements are dependent upon the size and breeding of the
-horse.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 35.
-
-The outer wall of the hoof has been removed by cutting vertically
-through the middle of the toe, down to the upper surface of the sole,
-then horizontally backward into the quarter, and, finally, upward
-through the quarter: _a_, perioplic horn-band; _b_, coronary groove; it
-turns inward and forward at _c_ to form the upper border of the bar;
-_d_, surface of section of the wall at the toe; _d′_, at the quarter;
-_e_, surface of horizontal section of the wall near its lower border;
-_f_, keraphyllous layer of the wall; at _f′_ it turns forward and
-inward to cover the bar; _f″_, horny leaves standing free and passing
-insensibly into the white horn of the middle layer or true wall; _g_,
-horny sole; _h_, white line; _i_, small horn-spur in middle of toe;
-_k_, part of horny frog which is in intimate union with the upper edge
-of the bar; _l_, frog-stay of horny frog; it divides the trough-like
-depression of the upper surface of the frog into _m_, the two upper
-channels of the frog.]
-
-The horn wall is composed of _three superposed layers_. These from
-without to within are: (1) the =periople=, secreted by the perioplic
-band. It is very thin, glistening, and varnish-like in appearance, and
-covers the entire outer surface of the wall, except where it has been
-removed by the rasp, and prevents rapid evaporation of moisture from
-the horn. (2) The middle or =protective layer= (Fig. 35, _d_) is the
-thickest, strongest, and most important of the three layers; it forms
-the principal mass of the wall, and is developed or secreted by the
-coronary band, which fits into the coronary groove. There are in the
-coronary groove a great number of small, funnel-shaped openings into
-which project the horn-producing villi or papillæ of the coronary band.
-(3) The =inner layer= or =keraphyllous layer= (Fig. 35, _f_) consists
-of prominent, parallel horn-leaves lying side by side over the entire
-inner surface of the middle layer of the wall, and continuing beyond
-the buttresses to the ends of the bars (Fig. 35, _f′_). This layer of
-horn-leaves (keraphyllous layer) has in a general way about the same
-shape and arrangement as the layer of fleshy leaves (podophyllous
-layer) which secretes it; for the horn-leaves fit in with the fleshy
-leaves in such a way that every fleshy leaf is embraced by two
-horn-leaves, and every horn-leaf by two fleshy leaves (Fig. 36). The
-keraphyllous layer and the horn of the inmost part of the middle or
-protective layer are always white, even in pigmented (colored) hoofs.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 36.
-
-Cross-section of keraphyllous and podophyllous laminæ (horny and fleshy
-leaves): _a_, inmost part of the solid wall; the horn-tubes approach
-very close to the horny leaves; _b_, body of the podophyllous membrane;
-_c_, horny portion of a horn-leaf directly continuous with the middle
-or principal layer of the wall; _c′_, a rudimentary horn-leaf that does
-not reach the body of the podophyllous membrane; _c″_, cross-section
-of horny leaves from the sides of which branch many secondary leaves
-(leaflets) composed of soft (young) horn-cells. These soft cellular
-horn-leaflets dovetail with the podophyllous or fleshy leaflets;
-_d_, podophyllous laminæ extending from the body of the podophyllous
-membrane; _d′_, podophyllous laminæ which have branched in their course
-to the wall, and thus given rise to _c′_, rudimentary horn-leaves;
-_d″_, cross-section of podophyllous leaflets extending from the
-sides of the podophyllous leaves; each two such leaflets secrete a
-keraphyllous leaflet between them; _e_, injected arterial vessels.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 37.
-
-Vertical section of the horny sole magnified: _a_, funnel-shaped
-openings which contain the horn-producing villi of the fleshy sole;
-they are of various sizes; _b_, horn-tubes; _c_, intertubular horn.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 38.
-
-Horny frog, with the posterior portion of the perioplic horn-band and
-the periople which covers the quarters removed from the hoof as one
-piece by maceration: _a_, trough-shaped depression of upper surface,
-which is divided posteriorly into the two upper channels of the frog by
-_b_, the frog-stay; _c_, part of the frog that is joined to the bar and
-forms the lateral wall of the depression (channels) on upper surface
-of frog; _d_, lateral surface of horny frog which, in its upper part,
-adheres to the bar, but below, at _d′_, lies free; _e_, point or summit
-of the frog; _f_, perioplic horn-band; _f′_, periople of the quarters.]
-
-The =horn sole= (Fig. 31, _f_, and Fig. 35, _g_) is secreted by the
-velvety tissue of the sole. A sole from which the loose flakes of
-old horn have been removed is about as thick as the wall. It covers
-the under surface of the foot, and presents upon its upper surface a
-convexity which exactly fits into the concavity on the under surface
-of the os pedis. This upper surface is thickly covered by a multitude
-of minute funnel-shaped openings for the reception of the villi of the
-velvety tissue of the sole (Fig. 37). The lower surface of the sole
-is more or less concave, rough, uneven, and often covered by loose
-scales of dead horn. Behind, the sole presents a triangular opening
-whose borders lie partly in contact with the horny frog and partly
-with the bars. This opening or re-entering angle divides the sole into
-a _body_ (Fig. 31, _f_) and two wings or _branches_ (Fig. 31, _f′_).
-The outer border of the sole unites through the medium of the =white
-line= with the lower part of the inner surface of the wall,—that is,
-with the keraphyllous layer of the wall. This =white line= (Figs. 31,
-_g_, and 35, _h_), of so much importance to the horseshoer, is formed
-by the horn-leaves, and by those short plugs of tubular horn which
-are secreted by the villi that are always found at the lower ends of
-the fleshy leaves. The white line may be said to exist wherever the
-horn-leaves can be discerned upon the plantar surface of the hoof.
-It not only passes around the circumference of the sole from heel
-to heel, but may be followed forward from the buttresses along the
-bars almost to the summit of the frog. The horn of the white line is
-soft, unpigmented (white), and possesses so very little resistance
-(strength) that it is often found crumbling or even absent in places.
-The visible part of the white line is usually of a grayish-black color,
-owing to the working in from below of dirt and liquid manure, and to
-staining by rust from the nails. =The white line is very important,
-since it serves as the point from which we judge of the thickness of
-the wall, and because the horseshoe nail should penetrate it.=
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 39.
-
-A horny frog cut vertically and lengthwise through its middle: _a_,
-upper surface; _b_, frog-stay; _c_, median lacuna of frog, which at
-_c′_, is overlaid with superposed layers of horn.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 40.
-
-Longitudinal section of the wall magnified. The dark stripes parallel
-and close together are horn-tubes; the lighter surface between the
-tubes represents the intertubular horn. Notice that the horn-tubes are
-of various diameters. The space between _a_ and _b_ represents the
-small tubes of the outer, darker horn of the principal (middle) layer
-of the wall; the space between _b_ and _c_ the lighter, inner horn of
-the wall; _c_, _d_, the horn separating the wall proper from the horny
-leaves; _d_, _e_, the horny leaves (keraphyllous tissue), on which can
-be seen fine, parallel, vertical stripes; in the horn-leaf at _f_,
-_f′_, are seen fissures passing obliquely upward and outward towards
-the wall.]
-
-=The Frog= (Figs. 31, _h_, 35, _k_, _l_, 38 and 39), secreted by the
-velvety tissue covering the plantar cushion and presenting almost the
-same form as the latter, lies as a wedge between the bars and between
-the edges of the sole just in front of the bars, with both of which
-structures it is intimately united. Its horn is _quite soft_ and _very
-elastic_. The median lacuna or cleft of the frog (Fig. 31, _l_)
-divides it into two branches (Fig. 31, _i_), which pass backward and
-outward into the horny bulbs (Fig. 31, _k_). In front of the median
-lacuna the two branches unite to form the _body_ of the frog (Fig. 31,
-_h_), which ends in a point, designated the _point_, apex, or summit of
-the frog. On the upper surface of the frog, directly over the median
-cleft of the lower surface, there is a small projection called the
-frog-stay (Figs. 35, _l_, 38 and 39, _b_), which fits into the median
-cleft of the plantar cushion. Besides, the upper surface of the frog
-shows many minute openings, similar to but smaller than those of the
-sole and coronary groove, for the reception of villi. In unshod hoofs
-the frog, sole, bars, and bearing-edge of the wall are on a level; that
-is, the plantar surface of such hoofs is perfectly flat.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 41.
-
-Cross-section of the wall, magnified: _a_, horn-tubes; _b_,
-intertubular horn.]
-
-The _minute structure of the horn_ can scarcely be considered in detail
-in an elementary treatise such as this is. However, a few of the most
-important facts are as follows:
-
-If we carefully examine a transverse section of the horn of the wall
-(Fig. 41), sole, or frog, we will see with the naked eye, though much
-better with a magnifying glass, many minute points quite close to one
-another, and greatly resembling the small openings which we have seen
-in the coronary groove of the wall and on the upper surface of the
-horny sole and frog. If, now, we examine a longitudinal section of the
-wall (Fig. 40) or sole, we will see a number of fine, dark stripes
-which are straight, parallel, quite close to one another, of different
-widths, and which are separated by bands of lighter horn also of
-different widths. A thin section or slice of the wall taken at right
-angles to the direction of these dark lines (Fig. 41) shows us that the
-minute points that are visible to the naked eye, when held up to the
-light or moderately magnified, prove to be small openings (Fig. 41,
-_a_). Since these openings, shown in Fig. 41, represent the dark lines
-shown in Fig. 40, because an opening is found wherever there is a dark
-line, _we must regard all dark lines seen in longitudinal sections of
-wall, sole, and frog as hollow cylinders or tubes_, though they are not
-always hollow, but are often filled with loosely adjusted, crumbling,
-broken down horn-cells. The dark edges of the openings (_a_) consist of
-thick layers of horn-cells (tube-walls). The entire structure is called
-a =horn-tube=, and the lighter-colored masses of horn (Fig. 41, _b_)
-between the tubes are known as =intertubular horn=.
-
- =With the exception of the horny leaves of the wall
- and bars, all the horn of the hoof is composed of
- horn-tubes and intertubular horn.=
-
-The horn-tubes of the wall, sole, and frog always run downward and
-forward parallel to the direction of the wall at the toe,—that is,
-in a direction parallel with the inclination of the hoof as a whole.
-Although the wall, sole, and frog differ from one another considerably
-with respect to the size and number of the horn-tubes, the quality
-of the intertubular horn, and the thickness and strength of the
-horn-cells, these differences are only of subordinate interest or
-importance to the horseshoer; but he who desires to learn more of this
-matter is referred to the work of Leisering & Hartmann, “Der Fuss des
-Pferdes in Rücksicht auf Bau, Verrichtungen und Hufbeschlag,” eighth
-edition, Dresden, 1893. This book also treats of the variations in the
-quality of hoofs, which is very important for the practical horseshoer
-to know. It, furthermore, considers the solidity and strength of the
-horn of the different parts of the hoof.
-
-With respect to solidity, two kinds of horn are distinguished,—namely,
-=hard= and =soft horn=. The periople, the white line, and the frog are
-soft horn structures; the middle layer of the wall and the sole are
-hard or solid horn. The wall, however, is somewhat harder and more
-tenacious than the sole, for the latter passes off in more or less
-large flakes (exfoliates) or crumbles away on its lower surface, at
-least in shod feet, while no such spontaneous shortening occurs in the
-wall.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 42.
-
-Vertical section through middle of a forefoot, the skin and pododerm
-being in red. (In the figure the direction of both long and short
-pasterns, _B_ and _D_, is too nearly vertical—too steep). _A_,
-metacarpal bone (cannon); _B_, os suffraginis (long pastern);
-_C_, inner sesamoid bone (to render it visible a portion of the
-intersesamoid ligament was removed); _D_, os coronæ (short pastern);
-_E_, os pedis (foot-bone); _F_, navicular bone; _a_, extensor tendon;
-_b_, suspensory ligament of the fetlock; _b′_, superficial inferior
-sesamoid ligament; _c_, perforatus tendon or flexor of the os coronæ;
-_c′_, ring passing forward from this tendon and encircling the
-perforans tendon; _d_, perforans tendon; _e_, capsular ligament of
-fetlock-joint; _f_, capsular ligament of coronary joint; _g_, _g′_,
-capsular ligament of pedal joint; _h_, synovial sheath of the perforans
-tendon; _i_, plantar cushion and fleshy frog; _i′_, bulbs or glomes
-of plantar cushion; _i″_, indicates the lowest point reached by the
-plantar cushion, which in the figure is hidden below by the frog-stay
-of the horny frog; _k_, coronary band (red); _l_, podophyllous tissue
-(red); _m_, velvety tissue of the sole (red); _n_, velvety tissue of
-fleshy frog (red); _o_, wall; _p_, sole; _q_, frog; _q′_, the inner
-half of the frog-stay which reposes in the median lacuna of the fleshy
-frog; _s_, hair-skin (red).]
-
-Soft horn differs from hard horn in that its horn-cells never become
-hard and horn-like. It is very elastic, absorbs water quickly, and as
-readily dries out and becomes very hard and brittle and easily fissured
-and chapped. With respect to _quality_, we distinguish good and bad
-horn; the former is fine and tenacious (tough), the latter coarse and
-either soft and crumbling or hard and brittle. If not dried out, all
-horn is elastic, though soft horn is more elastic than hard. All horn
-is a _poor conductor of heat_.
-
-The relative positions of the various parts of the foot are shown in
-Fig. 42.
-
-Fig. 43 represents the exterior of a well-formed foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 43.
-
-Right forefoot viewed from the side: _A_, lower end of the cannon; _B_,
-fetlock-joint; _C_, long pastern; _D_, coronet; _E_, hoof; _F_, heel;
-_F′_ inner heel; _G_, foot-lock covering the ergot.]
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-THE FOOT IN ITS RELATION TO THE ENTIRE LIMB.
-
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 44.
-
-Normal (regular) position of fore-limbs.]
-
-As there are well-formed and badly formed bodies, so there are
-well-formed and badly formed limbs and hoofs. The form of the hoof
-depends upon the position of the limb. A straight limb of normal
-direction possesses, as a rule, a regular hoof, while an oblique or
-crooked limb is accompanied by an irregular or oblique hoof. Hence,
-it is necessary, before discussing the various forms of the hoof, to
-consider briefly the various positions that may be assumed by the
-limbs. In this discussion we shall deal with the =living= horse.
-
-
-A. Standing Positions of the Limbs.
-
-The position of a limb depends upon the varying lengths of its
-component bones and the angles at which they meet one another. To judge
-the standing position of a fore-limb one must stand _in front_ of the
-horse; to judge a hind limb, stand _behind_ the horse; the backward
-or forward deviations of both front and hind limbs are judged by
-standing at the side. But a horse does not always move as his standing
-position would lead one to suspect; standing and moving are different.
-Therefore, in order to arrive at a proper judgment, one must observe
-the limbs both at rest and in motion.
-
-(_a_) =The position of a limb viewed from in front= is normal or
-straight (Fig. 44) when it stands vertical or perpendicular. A
-plumb-line dropped from the point of the shoulder (middle of the
-scapulo-humeral articulation) should pass down the middle line of the
-limb, dividing it into inner and outer halves of equal width, and
-meeting the ground at the middle of the toe.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 45. Base-wide]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 46. Toe-wide]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 47. Toe-narrow (“pigeon-toed”)]
-
-In the _base-wide standing position_ (Fig. 45) the plumb-line falls to
-the inner side of the limb; the limb extends obliquely downward and
-outward. To this class belong also the _knee-narrow_ (knock-kneed)
-_position_, in which the knees are too close together, while the feet
-stand wide apart, and the _toe-wide position_ (splay-footed, Fig. 46)
-in which the toes point obliquely forward and outward. In base-wide
-positions either the entire limb extends downward and outward or the
-foot alone is turned outward.
-
-The _base-narrow position_ is frequently observed in horses with
-very wide breasts. The limbs run downward and inward, a plumb-line
-dropped from the point of the shoulder falling to the outer side of
-the leg and foot. A special form of the base-narrow position is the
-_toe-narrow_ or _pigeon-toed position_ (Fig. 47). In some instances the
-legs are straight and perpendicular down to the fetlock, while from
-there to the ground the phalanges incline obliquely inward. Another
-form is the _knee-wide_ or _bandy-legged position_, in which the knees
-are placed too far apart, while the cannons and phalanges incline
-downward and inward.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 48. Normal (regular) fore-limb in profile.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49. Normal (regular) hind-limb in profile.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 50. Camped in front.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 51. Calf-kneed.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 52. Acute-angled foot (low-jointed).]
-
-=The position of a fore-limb viewed in profile= is regular or normal
-(Fig. 48) when a perpendicular line dropped from the tuberosity of
-the acromian spine (point of union of the upper and middle thirds of
-the scapula or shoulder-blade) divides the leg from the elbow to the
-fetlock into anterior and posterior halves of equal width, and touches
-the ground immediately back of the bulbs of the heel. A perpendicular
-line dropped from the point of union of the middle and lower thirds of
-the scapula (shoulder-blade) will cut the humerus into halves, and meet
-the ground between the toe and the heel.[2] The _foot-axis_ (line of
-direction of the three phalanges) and the wall at the toe form an angle
-of from forty-five to fifty degrees with the horizontal ground-surface.
-
-[2] =In station of rest=, the normal position of a fore-leg, as seen
-from the side, is somewhat different. The _station of rest_ is the
-position that is maintained with the least possible muscular effort.
-With gradual muscular relaxation the head and neck sink to a point
-somewhat below the line of the back, the top of the shoulder-blade
-sinks a little, and the shoulder and elbow joints move forward till
-the centre of the elbow joint is directly above the ground-surface of
-the hoof. Therefore, when a horse _at rest_ stands firmly on all four
-feet, _the fore-leg_ viewed from the side, _has a normal_ (regular)
-_direction, when a perpendicular line dropped from the tuberosity of
-the acromian spine passes through the middle of the elbow joint and
-meets the ground near the middle of the hoof_.
-
-From this normal or regular standing position, there are _deviations
-forward_ as well as _backward_.
-
-=Forward Deviations.=—“_Standing in front_” or “_camped in front_”
-(Fig. 50) is that position in which the entire leg from the body to
-the ground is placed too far forward. _Sheep-kneed_ (Fig. 51) is that
-position in which the forward deviation is from the knee downward,
-the knee being placed too far under the body. “_Weak-jointed_,”
-“_low-jointed_,” or “_acute-angled_” (Fig. 52) is that position in
-which the limbs are perpendicular and straight down as far as the
-fetlock-joint, but the feet are placed too far in front.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 53. Standing under.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 54. Knee-sprung.]
-
-=Backward Deviations.=—_Standing under in front_ (Fig. 53) is that
-deviation in which the entire leg from the elbow down is placed back
-of the perpendicular line and, therefore, too far under the body.
-When this deviation affects only the cannon bone, the horse stands
-bent forward at the knees,—a condition known as “_goat-kneed_,”
-“_buck-kneed_,” “_over in the knees_,” or, more commonly,
-“_knee-sprung_” (Fig. 54). When the backward deviation is only from the
-fetlock down, the animal is said to stand _upright_ or “_straight in
-the fetlock_.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 55. Normal (regular) position viewed from behind.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 56. Base-wide (cow-hocked).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 57. Base-narrow.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 58. Base-narrow position of hind limbs
-(bandy-legged).]
-
-(_b_) =A hind leg viewed from behind= is said to be _regular_ or
-_straight_ (Fig. 55) when a perpendicular line dropped from the
-tuberosity of the ischium (see Fig. 1, 9″) divides the entire limb into
-inner and outer halves of equal width and touches the ground opposite
-the median lacuna of the frog. =Seen from the side=, this line just
-touches the point of the hock and, passing down at some distance from
-the flexor tendons, meets the ground considerably back of the heels.
-A perpendicular line dropped from the hip-joint should pass through
-the foot, meeting the ground half-way between the point of the toe and
-the heel (Fig. 49). There are base-wide, base-narrow, toe-wide, and
-toe-narrow deviations in the hind limbs as in the fore-limbs.
-
-The hind limbs are _base-wide_ when they, either as a whole or in part,
-deviate outward from the normal. The “_cow-hocked_“ position (Fig. 56)
-is an example of the base-wide; in this case the points of the hocks
-are too close and turn towards each other, while the feet are widely
-separated and the toes turned outward. _Base-narrow_ is that position
-of the hind legs in which either the entire leg deviates to the inner
-side of the perpendicular (Fig. 57), or the leg is about perpendicular
-down as far as the hock, but below this joint runs downward and inward
-(Fig. 58). In this latter case the hocks may be too far apart, the leg
-is bent outward at the hock and the animal is termed “_bandy-legged_,”
-“_bow-legged_.”
-
-=Viewing a hind limb from the side=, it may be observed to deviate
-either forward or backward from the normal. Among forward deviations
-is the so-called “_sabre-leg_“ or “_sickle-hock_“ (Fig. 59), in which
-the hock-joint is too much flexed, the foot placed too far forward
-under the body, and the fetlock too slanting. In the position known as
-“_camped behind_” (Fig. 60) the leg is behind the body and the pastern
-is too upright, too nearly vertical.
-
-It is possible for each limb of the same horse to assume a different
-direction. It more often happens that if the fore-limbs are base-wide
-the hind limbs are base-narrow, or _vice_ _versa_. While there are some
-other deviations that differ somewhat from those already described,
-they are of less importance to the horseshoer.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 59. Sabre-legged or sickle-hocked.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 60. Camped behind.]
-
-
-B. Forms of Feet. Viewed from in Front, from Behind, and in Profile.
-
-In all the various positions of the limbs we find the feet in one of
-the following _three forms_, or very closely approaching one of them.
-By means of a proper knowledge of these three forms, the judging of the
-form, flight of the foot in travelling, and preparation of the hoof
-for the shoe, as well as the choice of the length of the shoe, are
-regulated, facilitated, and simplified.
-
-Whether a horse’s feet be observed from _in front_ or from _behind_,
-their form corresponds to, or at least resembles, either that of the
-=regular= position (Figs. 61 and 62), the =base-wide= or toe-wide
-position (Figs. 63 and 64), or the =base-narrow= or toe-narrow position
-(Figs. 65 and 66).
-
-By the _direction_ of the =foot-axis=—that is, an imaginary line
-passing through the long axis of the three phalangeal bones (Figs. 61,
-65, 67, 68 and 69)—we determine whether or not the hoof and pastern
-stand in proper mutual relation.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 61.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 62.
-
-A pair of front feet of regular position viewed from in front and from
-behind.]
-
-In the regular standing position (Figs. 61 and 62) the foot-axis runs
-straight downward and forward, in the base-wide position (Figs. 63 and
-64) it runs obliquely downward and outward, and in the base-narrow
-position (Figs. 65 and 66) it runs obliquely downward and inward.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 63.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 64.
-
-A pair of feet of the base-wide (toe-wide) position seen from in front
-and from behind.]
-
-_Viewing the foot from the side_, we distinguish the =regular=
-(normal) position (Fig. 68), and designate all forward deviations as
-=acute-angled= (long toe and low heel, Fig. 67), and all deviations
-backward from the regular position as =upright= (short toe and high
-heel, Fig. 69), steep-toed, or stumpy.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 65.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 66.
-
-A pair of feet of the base-narrow (toe-narrow) position seen from in
-front and from behind.]
-
-When the body-weight is uniformly distributed over all four limbs, the
-foot-axis should be _straight_ (Figs. 67 and 69), not “broken” (bent);
-=the long pastern, wall at the toe, and foot-axis should have the same
-slant=.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 67. An acute-angled hoof.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 68. A normal-angled hoof.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 69. An upright (“stumpy”) hoof.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 70. The “bear-foot.”]
-
-A peculiar form of foot is the so-called _bear-foot_ (Fig. 70), in
-which the foot-axis, viewed from the side, is broken strongly forward
-at the coronet. The wall at the toe stands much steeper than the long
-pastern and is more or less convex; in other words, a low-jointed,
-sloping pastern is attached to an upright hoof. Such a foot is
-sometimes improperly called a “club-foot.”
-
-
-C. Lines of Flight of Hoofs in Motion.
-
-If we observe horses moving unrestrained over level ground, we will
-notice differences in the carriage of the feet. =Viewed from in front,
-or from behind=, in the _regular standing position_ of the limbs the
-hoofs are carried forward in a _straight direction_, that is, in a
-line parallel with the median line of the body (Fig. 71). The toes
-likewise point straight forward; the hoofs alight properly (flat) on
-the ground. If the horse stands _base-wide_, the hoof is carried in a
-circle; from its position, which is behind and well out from the median
-line, the hoof passes first forward and inward until it is close to
-the supporting leg, and then outward to the ground (Fig. 72), where
-the shock is received principally upon the outer toe. The toes point
-either directly forward, as in the regular standing position (Fig. 72),
-or forward and outward as in the toe-wide position (Fig. 73). In the
-toe-wide position the hoof in its flight may cross the median line.
-
-Exactly the reverse is true of the horse that stands _base-narrow_;
-in this case the hoof is moved in a circle whose convexity is
-outward,—that is, the hoof from its position behind, and close to the
-median line, is carried forward and outward and then inward to the
-ground (Figs. 74 and 75).
-
-=Viewed from the side=, the line of flight of a hoof is determined
-largely by the obliquity (slant) of the foot-axis.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 71]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 72.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 73.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 74.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 75.]
-
-1. With a straight foot-axis of _normal slant_ (45°-50°, Fig. 76, _A_),
-the hoof follows the arc of a circle and reaches its highest point when
-directly above the supporting hoof, _i.e._, when half-way in the stride.
-
-2. With a straight, but _acute-angled_ foot-axis (less than 45°, Fig.
-76, _B_), the hoof rises rapidly, reaches its highest point before
-it has completed the first half of the stride, _i.e._, before it has
-passed the supporting hoof, and descending gradually in a long curve
-alights easily on the ground.
-
-3. With a straight, but upright foot-axis (55° or more, Fig. 76, _C_),
-the hoof rises slowly, reaches its highest point in front of the
-supporting hoof, from which point it descends rapidly. The gait is
-“choppy,” and in the saddle-horse unpleasant for the rider. _The length
-and the height of the stride are greatest in acute-angled feet; least
-in upright feet._ Furthermore, length and height of stride are in a
-measure dependent on breeding, training, condition of the legs (whether
-stiffened by use or disease), length of the hoof and the weight of the
-shoe.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 76.
-
-Flight of the hoof as seen from the side: _A_, flight of a regular
-hoof; _B_, flight of an acute-angled hoof; _C_, flight of an upright
-hoof.]
-
-Many deviations in the line of flight of hoofs and in the manner in
-which they are set to the ground occur; for example, horses heavily
-burdened or pulling heavy loads, and, therefore, not having free use
-of their limbs, project their limbs irregularly and meet the ground
-first with the toe; however, careful observation will detect the
-presence of one or the other of these lines of flight of the foot.
-Irregular carriage of the feet renders a horse unsuitable for general
-purposes only when it is very pronounced, in which case certain
-troublesome conditions, such as interfering and disease of joints, are
-of frequent occurrence.
-
-
-D. The Influence of Weight in the Shoe or Otherwise Attached to the
-Hoof, in Altering the Flight of the Hoof.
-
-There is nothing mysterious in the effect of weight upon the flight
-of the feet. On the contrary, the lines of flight are determined (as
-shown in pages 72-74, Figs. 71-76), _first_, by the relation of the
-transverse axes of the hinge-joints of the leg and foot to the line of
-progression (median line); _second_, by the length and obliquity of the
-hoof and pastern; _third_, by the height and length of stride which is
-natural to each individual.
-
-_Weight induces higher action and a longer stride._ Inertia increases
-with the weight. A heavy shoe cannot be snatched from the ground as
-quickly as a light one, but when moving forward at a given velocity its
-greater momentum (momentum = mass (wt) × velocity: m = wt × v) carries
-the foot farther forward then does the lighter shoe. Thus, the heavier
-shoe, or weight attached to the hoof, lengthens the stride at both
-ends. The farther from the centre of rotation of the scapula the weight
-is placed, _i.e._, the nearer to the toe it is placed, the greater the
-muscular effort required to start it and to stop it.
-
-_Height of action_, though largely the result of breeding, temperament,
-and the exhilaration that accompanies perfect health and entire
-absence of muscular fatigue, is to a certain extent influenced by the
-_inclination of the pastern and toe to the cannon_. _The acute-angled
-foot_, in the folding of the leg during the first half of the stride,
-moves through a longer arc of a circle whose centre is the fetlock
-joint than does the normal or the upright foot; rises more rapidly
-and to a higher point. (See Fig. 76, _B_.) When the momentum of a foot
-moving rapidly and abruptly upward is increased by weight the result is
-extreme and even exaggerated flexion of all joints of the leg, and by
-allowing the hoof to grow long the flexion is still further increased.
-In the show ring, harness horses with fair natural action may be made
-to “climb” by shoes weighing from thirty to sixty ounces upon hoofs
-an inch or more longer than normal. The leverage of a heavy shoe on
-a long hoof is excessive, fatiguing and most injurious to ligament,
-tendon and muscle. The action, while high, is _labored_, _pounding_ and
-_altogether inelegant_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 77.
-
-A 40 oz. right front shoe (hoof-surface) to increase knee-action in a
-high acting harness horse. For show-purposes only.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 78.
-
-The same seen from the ground-surface in profile: _a_, bevel from inner
-border of the web to outer border; _b_, ends of the branches of full
-thickness from outer to inner border.]
-
-In the training of trotters weight is often used _to increase the
-length of the stride_, or to cause a _higher folding of a front foot_,
-in order to prevent “scalping“ or “speedy-cut.“ As soon as the new gait
-becomes a fixed habit the weight should be gradually lessened. _Weight
-is carried with less fatigue at a trot_ then at a pace, or at a gallop.
-It therefore steadies a trotter that is inclined to pace, or “break”
-into a run. The increased momentum of the weighted hoof makes for
-rhythm of movement, and increases the difficulty of skipping, dwelling,
-or mixing gaits.
-
-In the _base-wide_ (toe-wide) and _base-narrow_ (toe-narrow) _standing
-positions_, the flight of the hoofs, as seen from in front or behind,
-is not straight forward, _i.e._, parallel to the line of progression
-of the body, but in _arcs of circles_. (See Figs. 72-75, p. 73.) In
-these cases, increasing the weight of the hoofs, by increasing the
-momentum, must of necessity increase the tendency of the hoofs to move
-off at a tangent to the curves which they describe. In other words,
-_weight increases the centrifugal force_ of a body moving in a curve.
-The _outward swing_ of the hoofs of a base-narrow horse (paddling), and
-the _inward swing_ of a base-wide horse (interfering), are made _more
-pronounced by adding weight to any part of the hoof_. _The centrifugal
-force is greatest_ in base-wide feet when the weight is on the medial,
-or inner side of the hoof; in base-narrow feet when it is on the
-lateral or outer side.
-
-A side weight, or side weight shoe is often of service in a cross
-firing pacer. This animal usually stands base-narrow (toe-narrow)
-behind, and in motion his hind hoofs describe a curve at first forward
-and outward and then inward till contact is made with the diagonal hoof
-or leg. The added weight (placed on the outer side) by increasing the
-centrifugal force carries the hoof just enough farther from the centre
-around which the hoof swings to prevent contact. (See cross-firing, p.
-138.)
-
-Finally, it must not be forgotten that _weight is always weight_; that
-it _cuts speed_ and _devours endurance_.
-
-
-E. Forms of Hoofs.
-
-_A front hoof of the regular standing position_ (Fig. 79). The inner
-and outer walls differ but little in direction and thickness. The outer
-wall is a little thicker and somewhat more slanting than the inner (see
-Figs. 61 and 62), and its outer circumference describes a larger arc of
-a circle,—that is, is more curved, as can be seen both at its plantar
-border and at the coronet. The length of the quarter in relation to the
-length or height of the side wall and toe is about as 1: 2: 3. The toe
-forms an angle with the ground of forty-five to fifty degrees (see Fig.
-68). The direction of the wall at the toe, viewed from the side, should
-be parallel with the direction of the long pastern.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 79.
-
-Right fore-hoof of the regular position: _a_, side wall; _b_, quarter;
-_c_, beginning of the bar; _d_, buttress; _e_, middle of the bar;
-_f_, body of the sole; _f′_, branches of sole; _g_, white line; _g′_,
-apparent end of the bar; _h_, body of the frog; _i_, branch of the
-frog; _k_, bulbs (glomes) of the heel; _l_, middle cleft of frog; _m_,
-lateral cleft of frog.]
-
-_A hoof of the base-wide position_ (Fig. 80) _is always awry_, because
-the outer wall is naturally somewhat longer and decidedly more slanting
-then the inner (see Figs. 63 and 64). The plantar border of the outer
-wall describes a large arc, whose sharpest curvature is where the side
-wall passes into the quarter. The plantar border of the inner wall is
-straighter (less curved); the outer half of the ground-surface (sole)
-of the hoof is, therefore, wider than the inner. So long as the hoof
-is healthy, both branches of the frog are equally developed. The
-wryness of the hoof depends upon the direction of the limb; therefore,
-a base-wide hoof should be regarded as a _normally wry hoof_, to
-distinguish it from hoofs which are wry from disease.
-
-_A hoof of the toe-wide position_ (Fig. 81) is distinguished from the
-preceding by the bending or curvature of the plantar border of the
-outer toe and inner quarter being often decidedly less pronounced than
-on the inner toe and outer quarter; therefore, two short curves and two
-long curves lie opposite each other; in other words, the inner toe and
-outer quarter, lying opposite each other, are sharply curved, while the
-outer toe and inner quarter, lying opposite each other, are much less
-sharply bent or curved. The toes are turned out. The feet are not set
-down flat upon the ground, but meet it with the outer toe.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 80. Right fore-hoof of the base-wide position.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 81. Right fore-hoof of the toe-wide position.]
-
-_A hoof of the base-narrow position is normally wry_, but never so
-pronounced as a hoof of the base-wide position. The inner wall is
-but little, more oblique than the outer, the difference being most
-noticeable at the quarters (Figs. 65 and 66). The curve of the plantar
-border of the wall is similar to that of a regular hoof, except that
-the inner side wall and quarter are a little more sharply curved in a
-base-narrow hoof. Occasionally the outer quarter is somewhat drawn in
-under the foot.
-
-This form of hoof is most distinctly marked in animals that stand
-toe-narrow or are bandy-legged.
-
-As to the _forms of the hind hoofs_, what has been said concerning the
-influence of position of the limbs upon the shape of the front feet
-will apply equally well to them. The hind hoof (Fig. 82) is not round
-at the toe, but somewhat pointed or oval. It greatest width is between
-the middle and posterior thirds of the sole. It usually has a strongly
-concave sole and a somewhat steeper toe than the fore-hoof; viewed from
-the side, the angle of the toe with the ground in the regular standing
-position is from fifty to fifty-five degrees.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 82.
-
-Right hind hoof of the regular position: _a_, side wall; _b_, beginning
-of the quarter; _c_, beginning of the bar; _d_, buttress; _e_, middle
-of bar; _f_, body of the sole; _f′_, branch of sole; _g_, white line
-of the toe; _g′_, white line of the bar; _h_, body of the frog; _i_,
-branch of the frog; _k_, bulbs of heel; _l_, middle cleft of frog; _m_,
-lateral cleft of frog.]
-
-Finally, we also distinguish _wide_ and _narrow_ hoofs; they are
-not dependent upon the position of the limbs, but upon the race and
-breeding of the animal.
-
-_The wide hoof_ (Fig. 83) is almost round upon its plantar surface.
-Its wall runs quite oblique to the ground. The sole is but moderately
-concave, and the frog is strong and well developed. _The narrow hoof_
-(Fig. 84) is rather elliptical, with steep side walls, strongly concaved
-sole, and small, undeveloped frog. The horn of the narrow hoof is fine
-and tough; of the wide hoof, usually coarse. The wide hoof may readily
-become flat. Narrow hoofs are either the result of breeding or premature
-shoeing.
-
-In enumerating the preceding forms of the hoof we have by no means
-referred to all the forms in which the hoof may be found; on the
-contrary, hoofs vary in shape and quality to such an extent that among
-a hundred horses no two hoofs can be found which are exactly alike. In
-fact, the same variety exists as in the faces of people, and we know
-that we can recall in succession even many more faces without finding
-two that are exactly alike. This explains the manifold differences in
-horse’s shoes with respect to size, form and other qualities.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 83. Wide fore-hoof.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 84. Narrow fore-hoof.]
-
-Suppose now a hoof is before us; it is first necessary to know whether
-or not it is =healthy=. Unfortunately, a perfectly healthy hoof is
-not so easy to find as one may think. We recognize a sound hoof by
-the following marks: Seen from in front or from the side, the course
-of the wall from the coronet to the ground, in the direction of the
-horn-tubes, is straight,—that is, bent neither in nor out. A straight
-edge, placed upon the wall in the direction of the horn-tubes, touches
-at every point. The wall must show neither longitudinal nor transverse
-cracks or fissures. If there be rings, their position and course are
-important. Rings which pass around the entire circumference of the
-wall parallel to the coronet indicate nothing more than disturbances
-of nutrition of the hoof; _but the hoof cannot pass for sound_
-when the rings have any other position and direction than the one
-mentioned, or if the rings upon any part of the wall are more marked
-than elsewhere, even though they may be parallel to the coronary band.
-Marked ring-building upon the hoofs of horses which have regular
-feeding, grooming, and work indicates a weak hoof. Viewed from the
-ground-surface and from behind, the bulbs of the heels should be well
-rounded, strongly developed, and not displaced. The concave sole should
-show no separation along the white line. The frog should be strong,
-well developed, and have symmetrical branches and a broad, shallow, dry
-median lacuna. The lateral lacunæ of the frog should be clean and not
-too narrow. The bars should pass in a straight direction forward and
-inward towards the point of the frog. Any bending outward of the bars
-towards the branches of the sole indicates the beginning of a narrowing
-of the space occupied by the frog,—that is, contraction of the heels.
-The horn of the branches of the sole in the buttresses and in their
-proximity should show no red staining. The lateral cartilages should be
-elastic. No part of the foot should be weakened at the cost of other
-parts. By firm union of all strong parts the strength and vigor of the
-hoof is in no sense disturbed. _If one desires to ascertain the exact
-form and state of health of the hoof, it must never be inspected and
-judged alone, but in connection with the entire limb._
-
-
-F. Growth of the Hoof and Wear of the Hoof and Shoe.
-
-All parts of the horn of the hoof grow downward and forward, the
-material for this growth being furnished by the remarkably large
-quantity of blood which flows to the pododerm. The growth of the hoof
-is regulated by the nerves.
-
-As a rule, the hoof grows =uniformly=,—that is, one section of the wall
-grows just as rapidly as another. A visible indication of growth is the
-increase in height and width of the hoof from colthood to maturity.
-
-The _rapidity of growth_ of the wall varies, amounting in a month to
-from one-sixth to one-half of an inch. The average monthly growth in
-both shod and unshod horses of both sexes is, according to my own
-experiments, one-third of an inch. Hind hoofs grow faster than front
-hoofs, and unshod faster than shod. The hoofs of stallions grow more
-slowly than those of mares and geldings.
-
-Abundant =exercise=, proper grooming (flexibility and moistness of
-the horn), regular dressing of the wall, and =running barefoot= from
-time to time =favor growth=; while little or no exercise, dryness, and
-excessive length of the hoof hinder growth.
-
-The time required for the horn to grow from the coronet to the ground
-is, therefore, equally variable, and is, moreover, dependent upon the
-height (length of toe) of the hoof. At the toe the horn grows down in
-from eleven to thirteen months, at the mammæ or sides in from six to
-eight months, and at the quarters in from three to five months. The
-time required for the renewal of the entire hoof we term the _period of
-hoof renewal_. If, for example, we know exactly the rapidity of horn
-growth in a given case, we can estimate without difficulty the length
-of the “period of hoof renewal,” as well for the entire hoof as for
-each individual section of the wall. The duration of many diseases of
-the hoof (cracks, clefts, partial bendings of the wall, contractions,
-etc.) can be foretold with relative certainty only by knowing the
-period of hoof renewal.
-
-_Irregular growth_ sometimes takes place. The chief cause of this is
-usually an improper distribution of the body-weight over the hoof,—that
-is, an unbalanced foot. Wry hoofs of faulty positions of the limbs are
-often exposed to this evil; a faulty preparation of the hoof (dressing)
-for the shoe, as well as neglect of the colt’s hoofs, is in the
-majority of cases directly responsible for this condition.
-
-If in the shortening of the wall a part is from ignorance left too
-long, or one-half of the hoof shortened too much in relation to the
-other half, the foot will be unbalanced. The horse will then touch the
-ground first with the section of wall which has been left too high,
-and will continue to do so until this long section has been reduced to
-its proper level (length) by the increased wear which will take place
-at this point. In unshod hoofs this levelling process takes place
-rapidly; such, however, is not the case in shod hoofs, for here the
-shoe prevents rapid wear, and, indeed this levelling process is often
-rendered impossible through the welding of high steel calks to the
-shoe. If this fault in trimming be repeated at the next and subsequent
-shoeings, and if the faulty relation of the ground-surface of the hoof
-to the direction of the foot-axis remain during several months, the
-portion of wall left too high will grow more rapidly, the walls will
-lose their natural straight direction and become bent. If, for example,
-the outer wall has been left too long during a considerable period of
-time, a crooked hoof results (Fig. 85) in which the rings are placed
-closer together upon the low (concave) side than upon the high (convex)
-side. If for a long time the toe is excessively long, it will become
-bent; or if this fault affects excessively high quarters they will
-contract either just under the coronary band or will curl forward and
-inward at their lower borders. These examples are sufficient to show
-both the importance of the manner in which a horse places his foot to
-the ground and its influence upon the loading, growth, and form of the
-hoof.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 85.
-
-Crooked (right) fore-hoof.]
-
-
-Wear of the Shoe and of the Hoof upon the Shoe.
-
-The wear of the shoe is caused much less by the weight of the animal’s
-body than by the rubbing which takes place between the shoe and the
-earth whenever the foot is placed to the ground and lifted.
-
-The wear of the shoe which occurs when the foot is placed on the ground
-is termed “=grounding wear=,” and that which occurs while the foot is
-being lifted from the ground is termed “=swinging-off wear=.“ When a
-horse travels normally, both kinds of wear are nearly alike, but are
-very distinct when the paces are abnormal, especially when there is
-faulty direction of the limbs. While in the majority of horses whose
-limbs have been stiffened by age and overwork both kinds of wear are
-most marked at the toe of the shoe, we see relatively fewer cases of
-“grounding wear” at the ends of the branches (as in laminitis); on the
-contrary, we =always= notice “swinging-off wear” at the toe of the
-shoe. It is worthy of notice that length of stride has much to do with
-the wear. We observe that with shortening of the stride both kinds of
-wear occur at the toe of the shoe, and this is rapidly worn away, as
-is the case with horses which are fretful and prance under the rider,
-draw heavy loads, or from any other cause, as disease or infirmity, are
-obliged to shorten their steps. With increase of length of stride the
-wear of the shoe becomes more uniform.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 86.
-
-A normal-angled foot with straight foot-axis. The shoe shows uniform
-wear.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 87.
-
-An upright foot with foot-axis broken forward by reason of too high
-quarters. The shoe shows “grounding“ wear at ends of branches, and
-“swinging-off“ wear at toe.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 88.
-
-A hoof with foot-axis broken backward by reason of surplus horn at the
-toe. The shoe shows excessive “grounding“ and “swinging-off” wear at
-the toe.]
-
-The _position_ and _form of the shoe_ have a marked influence upon its
-wear; =at the place where the shoe is too far under the hoof= either
-as a result of shifting or of having been nailed on crooked, or where
-the outer branch has not the necessary width, or does not form a
-sufficiently large curve, =the wear will be increased=.
-
-Also the relative length of side walls, or of toe and heels, influences
-rapidity of wear of the shoe. If through ignorance or carelessness one
-side wall be left too long, the branch beneath will meet the ground
-before other parts of the shoe and will wear faster (see Figs. 87, 88
-and 89).
-
-_The wear of the hoof upon the shoe_ occurs as a result of the
-movements of the quarters. Visible indications of this are the brightly
-polished, often sunken places upon the bearing-surface of the ends
-of the branches, showing that scouring occurs between the horn and
-the iron. Shoes which show brightly polished places in their anterior
-halves have been loose. The wear of the quarters upon the shoe is not
-always uniform, but is usually greater on the inner than on the outer
-quarter, especially in base-wide feet. The degree of this wear of the
-hoof may be from nothing to one-fourth of an inch or more from one
-shoeing to the next. Finally, we should remember that this usually
-invisible scouring away of the hoof gradually causes the nails at the
-quarters to become loose, and that this is more clearly marked in the
-front than in the hind hoofs.
-
-
-G. Physiological Movements of the Hoof. (Mechanism of the Hoof.)
-
-These movements comprise all those changes of position within and of
-the hoof which are brought about by alternately weighting and relieving
-the foot, and which are manifest as changes of form of the hoof. The
-following changes in form of the hoof are most marked at the time
-that the hoof bears greatest weight,—that is, _simultaneous_ with the
-greatest descent of the fetlock-joint.
-
- 1. A lateral expansion over the entire region of the
- quarters, occurring simultaneously at the coronary
- and plantar borders. This expansion is small, and in
- general varies between one-fiftieth and one-twelfth
- of an inch.
-
- 2. A narrowing of the anterior half of the hoof
- measured at the coronary border.
-
- 3. A decrease in height of the hoof, with a slight
- sinking of the heels.
-
- 4. A flattening (sinking) of the sole, especially in
- its branches.
-
-These changes of form are much more pronounced in the half of the hoof
-that bears the greater weight.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 89.
-
-Transverse vertical section through the middle of a right fore shod
-hoof of base-wide form, viewed from behind. The outer wall having been
-insufficiently lowered has caused increased wear of the underlying
-branch of the shoe: _a_, wear of inner branch (beneath the relatively
-short wall); _b_, greater wear of outer branch beneath the relatively
-long wall; _c_, the horn between the dotted line and the shoe
-represents the surplus length of this outer wall.]
-
-A hoof while supporting the body-weight has a different form, and
-the tissues enclosed within it a different position, than when not
-bearing weight. Since loading and unloading of the foot are continually
-alternating, the relations of internal pressure even in the standing
-animal are continuously changing, so that, strictly speaking, the hoof
-is never at rest.
-
-The changes in form take place in the following order: the body-weight
-falls from above upon the os coronæ, os pedis, and navicular bone, and
-at the moment that the foot is placed upon the ground is transmitted
-through the sensitive laminæ and horny laminæ to the wall. At the
-instant that the fetlock reaches its lowest point the os pedis bears
-the greatest weight. Under the body-weight the latter yields, and with
-the navicular bone sinks downward and backward. At the same time the
-upper posterior portion of the os coronæ (Fig. 90, _A_) passes backward
-and downward between the lateral cartilages (_a_), which project above
-the upper border of the wall, and presses the perforans tendon down
-upon the plantar cushion. The plantar cushion being compressed from
-above, and being unable to expand downward, is correspondingly squeezed
-out towards the sides and crowded against the lateral cartilages, and
-they, yielding, press against and push before them the wall at the
-quarters. The resistance of the earth acts upon the plantar surface
-of the hoof, and especially upon the frog, and it, widening, crowds
-the bars apart, and in this manner contributes to the expansion of the
-quarters, especially at their plantar border (see Fig. 90). The horny
-sole under the descent and pressure of the os pedis sinks a little—that
-is, the arch of the sole becomes somewhat flattened. All these changes
-are much more marked upon _sound unshod_ hoofs, because in them the
-resistance of the earth upon the sole and frog is pronounced and
-complete. These changes in form are more marked in front feet than in
-hind. In defective and diseased hoofs it may happen that at the moment
-of greatest weight-bearing, instead of an expansion a contraction may
-occur at the plantar border of the quarters.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 90.
-
-Vertical, transverse section of a foot seen from behind: _A_, os
-coronæ; _B_, os navicularis; _C_, os pedis; _a_, lateral cartilage;
-_b_, anterior portion of fleshy frog; _c_, section of perforans tendon;
-_d_, suspensory ligament of the navicular bone; _l_, wall; _m_, sole;
-_n_, white line; _o_, frog.]
-
-Three highly elastic organs there are which play the chief part in
-these movements,—namely, the lateral cartilages, the plantar cushion,
-and the horny frog. Besides these structures, indeed, all the remaining
-parts of the horn capsule, especially its coronary border, possess more
-or less elasticity, and contribute to the above-mentioned changes of
-form.
-
-In order to maintain the elastic tissues of the foot in their proper
-activity, regular and _abundant exercise_, with protection against
-drying out of the hoof, are absolutely necessary, because the movements
-of the different structures within the foot and the changes of form
-that occur at each step are indispensable in preserving the health of
-the hoof. Long-continued rest in the stable, drying out of the hoof,
-and shoeing decrease or alter the physiological movements of the foot,
-and these lead under certain conditions to foot diseases, with which
-the majority of horse owners are entirely unacquainted.
-
-As an outward, visible indication of the mobility of the quarters upon
-the shoe we may point to the conspicuous, brightly polished, and often
-sunken spots, or grooves, upon the ends of the branches. They are
-produced partly by an in-and-out motion of the walls at the quarters,
-and partly by a forward and backward gliding of the quarters upon the
-shoe.
-
-_The benefits of these physiological movements_ within the hoof are
-manifold:
-
- 1. Through them shock is dispersed and the body
- protected from the evil consequences of concussion
- or shock.
-
- 2. These movements increase the elasticity of the
- entire limb, and in this way contribute much to
- a light and elegant gait.
-
- 3. They maintain a lively circulation of blood in the
- vessels of the pododerm, and this insures a rapid
- growth of horn.
-
-Since it is a generally accepted fact that shoeing interferes with
-the physiological movements of the hoof, alters them, indeed, almost
-suppresses them, and that all these movements are spontaneous and
-natural only in sound _unshod_ hoofs, we are justified in regarding
-shoeing as a _necessary evil_. However, it is indispensable if we
-wish to render horses serviceable upon hard artificial roads. If, in
-shoeing, consideration be given to the structure and functions of the
-hoof, and particularly to the hoof-surface of the shoe, the ends of the
-branches being provided with a smooth, level bearing-surface, which
-allows free play to the elastic horn capsule, in so far as this is not
-hindered by the nails we need have no fear of subsequent disease of the
-hoofs, provided the horse is used with reason and receives proper care.
-
-
-
-
-PART II.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-SHOEING HEALTHY HOOFS.
-
-
-A. Examination of a Horse Preliminary to Shoeing.
-
-An examination should be made while the animal is =at rest=, and
-afterwards while =in motion=. The object of the examination is to gain
-accurate knowledge of the direction and movements of the limbs, of the
-form and character of the feet and hoofs, of the manner in which the
-foot reaches and leaves the ground, of the form, length, position, and
-wear of the shoe, and distribution of the nail-holes, in order that
-at the next and subsequent shoeings all ascertained peculiarities of
-hoof-form may be kept in mind and all discovered faults of shoeing
-corrected.
-
-The examination is best conducted in the following order: The horse
-should first be led at a walk in a straight line from the observer over
-as level a surface as possible, then turned about and brought back,
-that the examiner may notice the direction of the limbs and the manner
-in which the hoofs are moved and set to the ground. While the animal
-is moving away the observer notices particularly the hind limbs, and
-as it comes towards him he examines the fore-limbs. Then a few steps
-at a trot will not only show whether or not the animal is lame, but
-will often remove all doubt in those cases in which, while the animal
-was walking, the examiner was unable to make up his mind as to which
-was the predominating position of the limb. The problem presented is,
-therefore, to determine whether or not the direction of the limbs,
-the lines of flight of the hoofs, and the manner in which they are
-set down and picked up are regular. If there are deviations from the
-normal they will fall either into the base-wide and toe-wide group
-or into the base-narrow and toe-narrow group. When clear upon these
-points the horse is allowed to stand quietly, and the observer, placing
-himself in front, examines the foot more closely, fixes the direction
-of the foot-axis clearly in his mind, marks also the form and character
-of the hoofs and the position of the coronets, as far as these parts
-can be inspected from in front. At the same time each hoof should be
-closely inspected to determine whether the slant of both quarters
-corresponds to the direction of the long pastern, and whether the
-course of the wall from the coronet to the plantar border is straight
-or bent in or out (contraction, fulness). Walls curved from above to
-below always indicate an unnatural height of some section of the wall
-and a displacement of the base of support of the foot. In order to
-gain accurate and complete knowledge of the position of the limbs,
-the flight of the hoofs, and the manner of setting the foot to the
-ground, the horse must frequently be moved back and forth many times,
-especially when the standing position is somewhat irregular and the
-hoofs are of different shapes.
-
-At this point begins the examination of the position of the limbs, and
-the form of the feet and hoofs, in profile. After casting a glance over
-the entire body, so as to gain an idea of the animal’s weight, height,
-and length, the attention is turned to the position and direction of
-the limbs and hoofs. The eye should particularly note whether the form
-of the hoof corresponds to the position of the limb, and, furthermore,
-whether the slant of the pastern is the same as that of the wall at the
-toe,—that is, whether the foot-axis is straight or broken; also whether
-the toes and quarters are parallel, for the toe is sometimes bulging
-(convex) or hollowed out (concave) between the coronet and plantar
-border, and the quarters are frequently contracted and drawn or shoved
-under the foot (weak quarters). If the wall present rings the observer
-should note their position with reference to one another and to the
-coronet, and also their extent, and, furthermore, should determine
-whether or not they cross one another (thrush of the frog). At the same
-time he should notice the length of the shoes.
-
-Next, the feet should be raised and the examiner should notice the
-width of the hoof, the arching of the sole, the character of the frog,
-the position of the bulbs of the heel, as well as the presence of any
-cracks or clefts in the wall. Then the old shoes should be examined as
-to their age, form, the distribution and direction of their nail-holes
-(“punching”), position, and wear. With respect to the form of the
-old shoe, one should observe whether or not it corresponds to the
-form of the hoof. The same careful examination should be made of the
-number and distribution of the nail-holes. As regards the position
-of the shoe, one must first ascertain whether it completely covers
-the bearing-surface of the wall, and whether the shoe extends beyond
-the wall at any point and has caused interfering or given rise to
-irregular wear. Finally, the wear of the shoe should be observed, and
-the following points borne in mind: _One-sided wear, uneven setting
-down of the feet, and an unnatural course of the wall are often found
-together_, especially when uneven wearing of the shoe has existed for
-a long time,—that is, during several shoeings. As a rule, in such a
-case the more worn branch of the shoe is too near the centre of the
-foot, and the opposite branch too far from the centre (too “full”); in
-other words, the base of support (shoe) has been shifted too far in the
-direction of the less worn branch. Moreover, increased wear of a part
-of a shoe is an indication that the section of the wall above it is too
-high (too long) (Fig. 89), or that the wall upon the opposite side of
-the foot is too low (short). The twisting movement of many hind feet
-should, from physiological reasons, not be hindered by shoeing.
-
-
-B. Raising and Holding the Feet of the Horse to be Shod.
-
-This can always be done without much trouble if the horse has been
-accustomed to it from early colthood. Certain rules governing the
-manner of taking hold of the feet, and of afterwards manipulating them,
-are of value.
-
-A shoer should =never grasp a foot suddenly=, or with both hands. The
-horse should first be prepared for this act. First see that the horse
-stands in such a position that he can bear his weight comfortably upon
-three legs. This is well worth noticing, and if the horse does not
-voluntarily assume such an easy position, move him gently until his
-feet are well under his body.
-
-If the shoer, for example, wishes to raise the left fore foot for
-inspection, he stands on the left side facing the animal, speaks
-quietly to him, places the palm of the right hand flat upon the
-animal’s shoulder, and, at the same time, with the left hand strokes
-the limb downward to the cannon and seizes the cannon _from in front_.
-With the right hand he now gently presses the horse towards the
-opposite side, and the foot becoming loose as the weight is shifted
-upon the other leg, he lifts it from the ground. The right hand now
-grasps the pastern from the inside followed by the left hand upon the
-inside and the right hand on the outside; then, turning partly to the
-right, the holder supports the horse’s leg upon his left leg, in which
-position he should always stand as quietly and firmly as possible. If,
-now, the shoer desires to have both hands free to work upon the hoof,
-he grasps the toe with the left hand in such a manner that the toe
-rests firmly in the palm while the four fingers are closely applied to
-the wall of the toe, takes a half step toward the rear, passes the hoof
-behind his left knee into his right hand which has been passed backward
-between his knees to receive it, and drawing the hoof forward outward
-and upward supports it firmly on his two knees,—the legs just above the
-knees being applied tightly against the pastern. The forefoot should
-not be raised higher than the knee (carpus), nor the hind foot higher
-than the hock, nor either foot be drawn too far backward. The correct
-standing position of the shoer or floorman while holding a front foot
-is shown in Fig. 91. Shortness of stature (5′-5′.6″) is desirable in a
-floorman.
-
-In lifting the _left hind foot_ the animal should be gently stroked
-back as far as the angle of the hip, against which the left hand is
-placed for support, while the right hand strokes the limb down to the
-middle of the cannon, which it grasps _from behind_. While the left
-hand presses the animal’s weight over towards the right side, the right
-hand loosens the foot and carries it forward and outward from the body
-so that the limb is bent at the hock. The holder then turns his body
-towards the right, brings his left leg against the anterior surface of
-the fetlock-joint, and carries the foot backward, at which time his
-left arm passes over the horse’s croup and above and to the inner side
-of the hock. Finally, both hands encompass the long pastern.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 91. Proper position for holding a front foot.]
-
-If the right feet are to be raised, the process is simply reversed.
-
-In raising the feet no unnecessary pain should be inflicted by
-pinching, squeezing, or lifting a limb too high. The wise shoer avoids
-all unnecessary clamor and disturbance; quiet, rapid, painless methods
-avail much more. In dealing with _young_ horses the feet should not be
-kept lifted too long; let them down from time to time. In _old_ and
-_stiff_ horses the feet should not be lifted too high, especially in
-the beginning of the shoeing.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 92. The Martin horse rack (modified).]
-
-_Vicious_ horses must often be severely handled. Watch the play of the
-ears and eyes continually, and immediately punish every exhibition of
-temper either by jerking the halter or bridle vigorously, or by loud
-commands. If this does not avail, then if soft ground is at hand make
-the horse back as rapidly as possible for some time over this soft
-surface; it is very disagreeable and tiresome to him. To raise a hind
-foot we may knot a strong, broad, soft, plaited band (side-line) into
-the tail, loop it about the fetlock of the hind foot, and hold the
-end. This often renders valuable service. The holder seizes the band
-close to the fetlock, draws the foot forward under the body, and then
-holds it as above described. The use of such a band compels the horse
-to carry a part of his own weight, and at the same time hinders him
-from kicking. Before attempting to place this rope or band about the
-fetlock, the front foot on the same side should be raised.
-
-The various sorts of twitches are objectionable, and their use should
-not be allowed unless some painful hoof operation is to be done. The
-application of the tourniquet, or “Spanish windlass,” to the hind leg
-is equally objectionable.
-
-Those horses which resist our attempts to shoe them we do not
-immediately cast or place in the stocks, but first have a quiet,
-trustworthy man hold them by the bridle-reins and attempt by gentle
-words and soft caresses to win their attention and confidence.
-
-_Ticklish_ horses must be taken hold of boldly, for light touches of
-the hand are to such animals much more unpleasant than energetic, rough
-handling. Many ticklish horses allow their feet to be raised when they
-are grasped suddenly without any preparatory movements.
-
-
-C. Removing the Old Shoes.
-
-If a horse’s hoofs are healthy, all the shoes may be taken off at the
-same time, but there are certain diseases of the hoof in which this
-should not be done.
-
-The rule to follow in removing every shoe is to _draw it cautiously_,
-not wrench it away with violence. Hoofs which are dirty should first
-be cleansed, preferably with a stiff brush. Next, the clinches should
-be _carefully_ lifted by means of a rather dull clinch cutter (Fig.
-93), _without injuring the horn_ of the wall. In order, now, that the
-nails may be removed singly, the shoe must be slightly lifted. This may
-be done in one of two ways. The shoer may use a pair of pincers (Fig.
-94), with broad bills which will encompass the branch of the shoe and
-come well together underneath it. The handles of the pincers are then
-moved _in the direction of the branches_ of the shoe. The second method
-consists in raising the branches of the shoe by driving the nail-cutter
-from behind between the shoe and hoof and using it as a lever or pry to
-loosen the shoe.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 93. Clinch cutter and punch.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 94. Pincers.]
-
-Violent and excessive twisting of the hoof and straining of ligaments
-may easily occur, but the smith should guard against them by supporting
-the hoof with the left hand or with the leg just above the knee, while
-loosening the shoe.
-
-
-D. Preparing the Hoof for the Shoe.
-
-This preparation is usually termed paring, trimming, or dressing. It is
-a most important step in the process of shoeing, and its object is to
-shorten the hoof, which has grown too long under the projection of the
-shoe, and prepare it to receive the new shoe. The instruments needed
-for this work are the rasp and the hoof-knife (Fig. 95); upon large and
-hard hoofs a pair of sharp nippers (Fig. 96), or a sharp =hewing knife,
-with broad handle and perfectly flat, smooth sides=, may be used, since
-these instruments will considerably facilitate and hasten the work.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 95. German hoof set with detachable hook blades.
-(W. M. Kunde, Dresden): _a_, _a_, hoof blades; _b_, pus searcher; _c_,
-scalpel.]
-
-After the shoer has carefully examined the hoofs in the manner
-described upon pages 90, 91, and 92, and has fixed in mind the relation
-of the height of the hoofs to the size and weight of the body, he
-cleanses the hoof and removes all stubs of old nails. At the same time
-he should be asking himself _if_, _where_, and _how much_ horn is to be
-removed. In all cases all loosely attached fragments of horn are to be
-removed, for example, chips of horn produced by repeated bending and
-stretching of the lower border of the wall. The sole is then freed from
-all flakes of dead horn. The shoer then runs the rasp around the outer
-border of the wall and breaks it off to the depth to which he thinks it
-should be shortened, and then =cuts the wall down to its union with the
-sole, so that at least one-eighth of an inch of the edge of the sole
-lies in the same level as the bearing-surface of the wall=. Finally,
-the wall, white line, and outer margin of the sole, forming the
-“bearing-surface,” must be rasped until they are perfectly horizontal,
-except that at the toe of fore-hoofs this bearing-surface may be rasped
-slightly upward (rolled toe).
-
-In dressing the hoof the =branches= of the frog should always be left
-prominent enough to project beyond the bearing-surface of the quarters
-about the thickness of an ordinary flat shoe. If it be weakened by
-paring, it is deprived of its activity, shrinks, and the hoof becomes
-narrow to a corresponding degree. The frog should, therefore, be
-_trimmed_ only when it is really _too prominent_. However, loose and
-diseased particles of horn may be trimmed away when it is affected with
-thrush.
-
-[Illustration: FIG 96. Nippers.]
-
-The _bars_ should be spared and never =shortened= except when too long.
-Their union with the wall at the quarters must in no case be weakened,
-and never cut through (opening up the heels). They should be left as
-high as the wall at the quarters, or only a little less, while the
-branches of the sole should lie about one-eighth of an inch lower.
-
-The _buttress_ (angle formed by the union of wall and bar) requires
-special attention. In healthy unshod hoofs the bars run backward and
-outward in a straight line from the anterior third of the frog. In shod
-hoofs, however, it happens that the buttresses gradually lengthen, curl
-inward, and press upon the branches of the frog, causing the latter to
-shrink. In such cases the indication is to remove these prolongations
-of horn from the buttresses so as to restore to the bars their normal
-direction.
-
-=The sharp edge of the plantar border of the wall should be broken
-away with a rasp until the relative thickness of the wall equals its
-absolute thickness.= (Fig. 97). However, in healthy hoofs, that is,
-in those whose _walls are straight from the coronet to the ground_,
-the outer surface of the wall should =never= _be rasped_. The only
-exceptions to this rule are those cases in which there is an outward
-bending of the lower edge of the wall, most frequent on the inner side
-wall and quarter.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 97. Longitudinal (vertical) section of the wall at
-the toe: _a c_ is the absolute, and _a b_ the relative thickness of the
-wall. With _a_ as the centre, and the line _a c_ as a radius, a circle
-is drawn; the corner of horn in front of this circle and indicated by
-dotted lines is to be removed with the rasp.]
-
-With respect to the inclination of the ground-surface of the hoof to
-the direction of the foot-axis, as viewed from in front, the following
-facts are established:
-
-In the _regular_ standing position of the limbs (seen from in front)
-the plantar surface of a hoof is at right angles to the foot-axis, and
-the outer and inner walls are of equal heights.
-
-In the _base-wide_ position of the limbs the plantar hoof-surface is
-more or less inclined to the foot-axis, usually to a very small degree,
-and the outer wall is somewhat higher (longer) and more slanting than
-the inner.
-
-In the _base-narrow_ position of the limbs the plantar hoof-surface is
-more or less inclined to the direction of the foot-axis, usually quite
-considerably, and the inner wall is somewhat higher than the outer.
-
-The foot is observed from the side in order to determine the proper
-relation of the length of the toe to the height of the quarters.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 98. An untrimmed hoof with an excess of horn (_a_)
-at the toe which breaks the foot-axis backward.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 99. An untrimmed hoof with an excess of horn (_b_)
-at the heels, which breaks the foot-axis forward.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 100. Hoof dressed and foot-axis straightened
-by removing excess of horn below dotted lines in the two preceding
-illustrations.]
-
-In this also the foot-axis is our guide. If this axis is as it should
-be, the wall at the toe and the long pastern will have the =same slant=
-(Figs. 67, 68 and 69). If the hoof has become too long under the
-protection of the shoe, this will be shown by the foot-axis being no
-longer a straight line, but broken backward at the coronet (Fig. 98);
-that is, the hoof in comparison with the fetlock will be too slanting.
-By shortening the toe more than the quarters this faulty relation will
-be corrected (Fig. 100) and the foot restored to its proper slant. If
-the quarters are too long (too high) in comparison with the length of
-the toe, the foot-axis will be broken forward at the coronet (Fig. 99),
-and the hoof will be too upright. By shortening the quarters more than
-the toe the foot-axis may be made straight. =The plantar surface of the
-hoof is therefore correct (balanced) when the horse places the foot
-flat upon the ground in travelling=, and when the lines bounding the
-hoof, viewed from in front, from behind, and in profile, correspond to
-the direction of the three phalanges (foot-axis).
-
-Finally, this fact should be emphasized, that in changing from flat
-shoes to those with calks, or the reverse, the hoofs must first be
-dressed in accordance, so that the foot axes will remain straight, and
-the feet be set always flat to the ground when the new shoes are on.
-Each hoof, when ready for the new shoe, should be let down and the
-horse allowed to stand upon it while it is again carefully examined
-and closely compared with the opposite hoof. Only after such close
-inspection has proved the dressing to be faultless can the hoof be
-considered as properly prepared and ready for the shoe. _The two front
-hoofs and the two hind hoofs, when the legs are in the same position,
-should not only be of equal size, but also in proper relation to the
-size and weight of the body_.
-
-
-E. Preparing the Hoof for going Barefoot.
-
-This becomes necessary when the nature of the ground and the kind of
-service required of the horse render shoeing unnecessary. However,
-to go barefoot the hoof must have =plenty of horn=. After removing
-the shoes the =frog should be pared down nearly to the level of the
-wall=, and the sharp outer edge of the wall well =rounded off= with the
-rasp, in some cases as far as the white line, otherwise large pieces
-of the wall will readily break away. Hoofs with very slanting walls
-must be more strongly rounded off than upright hoofs. Going barefoot
-strengthens the hoofs. From time to time the condition of these
-shoeless hoofs should be ascertained by inspection, and any growing
-fault in shape or direction of the horn immediately corrected. It quite
-frequently happens that the sharp edge of the wall must be repeatedly
-rounded, especially on very oblique walls (outer half of base-wide
-hoofs), and the quarters may require frequent shortening, because they
-are not always worn away as fast as the horn at the toe.
-
-
-F. Making Shoes.[3]
-
-Besides good, tough iron for the shoe, we need an anvil with a round
-horn and a small hole at one end, a round-headed turning-hammer, a
-round sledge, a stamping hammer, a pritchel of good steel, and, if
-a fullered shoe is to be made, a round fuller. Bodily activity and,
-above all else, a good eye for measurement are not only desirable, but
-necessary. A shoe should be made thoughtfully, but yet quickly enough
-to make the most of the heat.
-
-[3] On a shoe we distinguish an _outer_ and an _inner branch_. The
-anterior portion, formed by the union of the two branches, is called
-the _toe_. The upper surface, upon which the hoof rests, is called the
-_hoof-surface_, and the under surface, which is in contact with the
-ground, the _ground-surface_. That portion of the hoof-surface which is
-in direct contact with the lower border of the wall, the white line,
-and a narrow margin of the sole is termed the _bearing-surface_, and
-when necessary “concaving” (seating) extends from this to the inner
-border of the shoe. On the ground-surface is seen the “fullering” or
-“crease.”
-
-=The iron= of which horseshoes are made is derived from the natural
-iron ore. Iron used for technical purposes is not chemically pure.
-Pure iron is rather too soft, and is therefore mixed with different
-substances, mostly with “carbon,” the most important ingredient of our
-fuel. Of course, the iron contains a very small quantity of carbon (0.5
-to 5 per cent.). When iron contains more than 2.2 per cent. of carbon
-it is hard, brittle, and more easily melted, and is known as crude
-iron, or raw iron, because it is derived from the raw product,—black
-ore. The melted crude iron is called _cast iron_. Iron is ductile when
-it contains less than 2.2 per cent. of carbon, and is then called
-forge iron, or _wrought iron_. Wrought iron is fusible only at a high
-temperature. Only weldable iron containing less than 1.6 per cent. of
-carbon is suitable for general use. Of this iron we distinguish two
-sorts,—steel and wrought iron. A larger percentage of carbon is found
-in steel than in wrought iron. Steel is hard, can be tempered, and may
-be called tempered wrought iron. In order to temper or harden steel,
-bring it to a cherry-red heat, and then cool it suddenly by dipping it
-in cold water or wet sand. The tempered steel can again be softened as
-desired by heating and slowly cooling. By heating to a high temperature
-in a forge wrought iron will become doughy, and may then be intimately
-united (welded) with another piece at the same temperature by pressure
-or hammering. This property is called weld-ability; it is of great
-importance in making horseshoes. The heating of iron until it reaches
-the welding stage is called getting a “heat.” The act of welding
-wrought iron with steel is called “steeling.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 101. Fuller.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 102. Hammer-punch.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 103. Pritchel.]
-
-Regarding =the tools=, the following hints are sufficient:
-
-The _anvil_ should have a level, smooth, flat steel face.
-
-Likewise, the round head and flat face of both _turning-hammer_ and
-_sledge_ should be smooth.
-
-On the _fullering-hammer_ (Fig. 101) the left side is flat, the right
-side convex, and the cutting edge has slightly rounded corners.
-
-The _hardy_, _fullering-hammer_, and _cold chisel_ should be flawless
-on the edge.
-
-The _punch_ (Fig. 102), used to make the nail-holes in the shoe, has
-a dull point, which should correspond in size with the head of the
-horseshoe-nail and have slightly rounded corners.
-
-The _pritchel_ (Fig. 103) should not taper to a point, but should end
-in a rectangular surface whose length is twice its width, in order to
-punch iron through the shoe under the blow of the hammer.
-
-
-Making the Shoe.
-
-To make a flat shoe, take the length of the hoof from the point of
-the toe to the buttress and the greatest width of the hoof; these two
-measurements, when added together, give the length of the bar for the
-shoe. The bar should be of such width and thickness as will require the
-least amount of working. For a bar-shoe or a shoe with heel-calks the
-bar must be correspondingly longer.
-
-Should we wish to preserve the exact outline of the plantar border of
-the wall, we may advantageously use such a _podometer_ as is shown in
-Fig. 104. This consists of a perforated sheet-iron plate one-sixteenth
-to one-twelfth of an inch thick. This is laid upon the hoof, and the
-outline of the wall marked upon it with chalk.
-
-If necessary, the hoof may be set on a piece of smooth, stiff wrapping
-paper or card-board, and the outline of the wall closely traced with a
-lead pencil.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 104. Podometer.]
-
-To make a =front shoe= (Figs. 107 and 108), heat the bar white-hot
-just beyond its middle, place the head of the sledge hammer across
-one end of the face of the anvil, hold the unheated end of the bar
-on the head of the sledge,—the heated end resting on the face of the
-anvil, and bend the bar into a half-circle with the round head of the
-turning-hammer. (The outer branch of all shoes is made first; in making
-pairs the right shoe is made first.) The extreme end of the heated
-bar is drawn out to the desired width and thickness with the sledge.
-The bent branch is then placed obliquely across the heel of the horn
-of the anvil, is turned over toward the right till it rests upon an
-edge, and is then bevelled diamond-shaped from the toe to the end of
-the branch. [The edge in contact with the horn is the inner edge of
-the right branch (outer branch) of the right shoe; the edge beaten
-down by the hammer is the outer edge of the outer branch.] The branch
-is then flattened on the anvil because in the bending the outer edge
-has been stretched and thinned, while the iron of the inner edge has
-been crowded together (back-set) and thickened. In flattening, the shoe
-should be left a trifle thinner on the inner edge. The branch is again
-placed over the horn, and gone over lightly with the flat head of the
-turning-hammer and brought to a proper shape. It is now to be concaved
-with or without the help of the sledge, or the concaving may be
-omitted. The concaving should end about three-fourths of an inch from
-the end of the branch. Now turn the branch and fuller it, or fuller
-it first and concave afterwards. The fuller should be set in about
-one-twelfth of an inch from the edge for small shoes, somewhat more for
-large shoes, and led from the end of the branch towards the toe, twice
-being necessary to make the fullering of sufficient depth. Next, stamp
-the holes, punch them through with the pritchel, run over the surfaces,
-go over the outer edge of the shoe upon the horn, and, finally, hammer
-the bearing-surface smooth and horizontal. The left branch is made in
-the same way, except that it is turned to the left and the fullering
-carried from the toe to the heel. =Any ordinary shoe can and should be
-completed in the rough in two heats.= One pair of shoes requires from
-eight to fifteen minutes.
-
-The =hind shoe= (Fig. 116) is made in like manner, but the branches are
-not bent in a circle but given that form shown in Fig. 106. Concaving
-is not necessary; it is sufficient merely to round the inner edge of
-the web.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 105. The curvature of a branch of a front shoe.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 106. The curvature of a branch of a hind shoe.]
-
-Since in bending the shoe, and especially the toe of a hind shoe, the
-inner edge is crowded together (back-set) and thickened to the same
-extent that the outer edge is stretched and thinned, we must remember
-to do away with these inequalities of thickness and strain by hammering
-the shoe smooth.
-
-
-Peculiarities of the Shoe.
-
-They are dependent upon the structure, direction, and position of the
-leg and hoof, as well as upon the horse’s service and the nature of the
-ground. Since the shoe is an artificial base of support, and since a
-proper surface of support is of the greatest importance in preserving
-the soundness of the feet and legs, careful attention must be given to
-this matter. Naturally shoes designed for the various forms of hoofs
-must present equally great and equally numerous differences of form, as
-well as other peculiarities.
-
-=General Properties.= 1. =Form.=—A form corresponding to the shape of
-the hoof is indispensable in every shoe. Front and hind and right and
-left shoes should be sharply defined and easily distinguishable. _Front
-shoes_ must, above all else, be circular _round cut the toe_. _Hind
-shoes_, on the contrary, should be _round pointed at the toe_, yet not
-too much so, but as in Fig. 116.
-
-2. =Width.=—All shoes should be wider webbed (more covered) at the toe
-than at the ends of the branches. The medium width should be about
-twice the thickness of the wall.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 107. Right front shoe, ground-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 108. Right front shoe, hoof-surface: _a_,
-bearing-surface; _b_, concaving, or “seating.”]
-
-3. =Thickness.=—Each shoe should, in general terms, be so thick that
-it need not be renewed under four weeks. Lungwitz found that the
-average required thickness is about seven-sixteenths of an inch. Of
-course, this thickness must be diminished or increased according to the
-rapidity of wear of the shoe. _Shoes without calks should be of uniform
-thickness_, unless there are special reasons for making them otherwise.
-
-4. =Length.=—For draft-horses they should be long enough to reach the
-bulbs of the heel, otherwise shorter, though in other respects they may
-differ (see “special properties”), but should in all cases completely
-cover the bearing-surface of the hoof.
-
-5. =Surfaces.=—That part of the hoof-surface of the shoe which is in
-contact with the hoof (bearing-surface of the shoe, Fig. 109, _a_)
-should be horizontal and wide enough to cover the wall, the white line,
-and from a twelfth to an eighth of an inch of the outer edge of the
-sole. Shoes for large hoofs require a broader bearing-surface than
-those for small hoofs. The concaving, or “seating” (Fig. 109, _b_),
-should be made deeper or shallower, according to the nature of the
-sole. _Shoes for hoofs with strongly arched_ (very concave) _soles, do
-not require any concaving_ (hind hoofs, narrow fore-hoofs). _The object
-of concaving is to prevent pressure of the shoe upon the horny sole
-except at its margin._
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 109. Transverse section of a branch of a front
-shoe: _a_, bearing-surface; _b_, concaving; _c_, fullering, or
-“crease”; _d_, nail-hole.]
-
-The ground-surface of the shoe should be flat and _perfectly
-horizontal_, except at the toe, which may be turned upward (rolled toe,
-“rolling motion”).
-
-6. =Borders.=—The _outer border_ should usually be moderately
-_base-narrow_,—that is, the circumference of the ground-surface of the
-shoe should be less than the circumference of its hoof-surface; in
-other words, the entire outer border of the shoe should be bevelled
-under the foot. Shoes made base-narrow are not so easily loosened, and
-materially assist in preventing interfering. The _inner border_ should
-be moderately rounded.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 110. (_a_) correct and (_b_) incorrect fullering.]
-
-7. =The “Fullering”= (Fig. 109, _c_).—In depth it should be about
-two-thirds the thickness of the shoe, of uniform width, and “clean.” A
-fullering is not absolutely necessary, but it makes the shoe lighter
-in proportion to its size, facilitates a uniform placing of the
-nail-holes, renders the ground-surface somewhat rough, and, because it
-is rather difficult to make, increases the workman’s skill.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 111. Swiss military shoe, hoof-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 112. Swiss military shoe, ground-surface.]
-
-8. =Nail-Holes= (Fig. 109, _d_).—=The importance of the nail-holes=,
-as regards their _character_, _number_, _distribution_, _depth_, and
-_direction_, =cannot be over-estimated=, because by the nails which
-are driven through them the stability of the shoe upon the hoof should
-be maintained without injuring the sensitive structures, splitting the
-horny wall, or immoderately interfering with the elasticity of the
-foot. Each nail-hole should taper uniformly from the ground to the
-hoof-surface (funnel-shaped). For a medium-weight shoe six nail-holes
-are sufficient, while for all heavy shoes, especially those with
-toe- and heel-calks, eight are indicated; however, it should by no
-means be said that every nail-hole should contain a nail. Hind shoes
-usually require one more nail-hole than front shoes, yet seldom more
-than eight. In front shoes the nail-holes should be placed in the
-anterior half of the shoe (Figs. 107 and 108), while in hind shoes
-they are to be placed in the anterior two-thirds of the shoe (Fig.
-116), and in both cases so distributed that the toe shall be without
-nail-holes, except in those shoes in which it may be desirable to
-omit the nail-holes in an entire branch (Fig. 153). =The depth of
-the nail-holes=—that is, their distance from the outer edge of the
-shoe—will depend always upon the thickness of the wall, and =should
-equal the absolute= (real) =thickness of the wall= (Fig. 97). It is
-evident, therefore, that all nail-holes should not be placed at the
-same depth (for thickness of the wall, see p. 53).
-
-The =direction= in which the nail-holes should pass through the shoe
-depends upon the obliquity of the wall. The nail-holes around the toe,
-as a rule, should incline somewhat inward, the holes at the sides less
-so, while those at the quarters should be punched straight,—that is,
-should pass perpendicularly through the shoe.
-
-Both front and hind shoes for army horses in time of war and manœuvres
-should be so punched that one or two nails may be placed in the
-posterior half of the shoe (Figs. 111 and 112).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 113. Form of clips: _a_, correct; _b_, indifferent;
-_c_, faulty.]
-
-9. =Clips= (Fig. 113) are _half-circular, leaf-like ears_ drawn upward
-from the outer edge of the shoe. They should be strong and without flaw
-at the base, and somewhat =higher and thicker= upon hind than upon
-front shoes. Their height on flat shoes should equal the thickness
-of the shoe, while on shoes with leather soles, or with toe- and
-heel-calks they should be somewhat higher.
-
-According to their position we distinguish toe- and side-clips. They
-secure the shoe against shifting; therefore, as a rule, every shoe
-should have a toe-clip. A side-clip should always be drawn up on that
-branch of the shoe which first meets the ground in locomotion.
-
-=A Shoe with Heel-Calks.=—All shoes with heel-calks designed for
-healthy hoofs should be so made and applied that they will disturb the
-normal setting down of the foot as little as possible, that the wear of
-the shoe will take place uniformly, and slipping be diminished. The toe
-of the shoe must, therefore, be left somewhat thicker than the branches
-just in front of the heel-calks. Moreover, every front shoe with
-heel-calks must be relatively long, and be provided with considerable
-rolling motion at the toe; that is, the shoe should be turned up at the
-toe, the bending beginning near the inner edge of the web. The three-
-or four-cornered, somewhat conical heel-calks with rounded corners
-should not be higher than the thickness of the shoe. With reference to
-the direction of the ends of the branches, we should see to it that
-they do not rise excessively, but that they assume as near as possible
-a horizontal direction in passing back to the heels (see Fig. 115).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 114. Shoe without calks, with perfectly
-level hoof- and ground-surfaces, and with roll at the toe (flat,
-rolling motion shoe).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 115. Shoe with heel-calks for a front hoof.]
-
-=A Shoe with Toe- and Heel-Calks.=—Such a shoe should be of uniform
-thickness from end to end, and should have a toe-calk and two
-heel-calks that are somewhat stronger and longer than the heel-calks
-of a shoe which has no toe-calk. If to a shoe of uniform thickness, on
-which the heel-calks are somewhat higher than those already described,
-a piece of steel (Fig. 116, _b_) of the height of the heel-calks is
-welded at the toe, we have a shoe with toe- and heel-calks. The toe-calk
-should never he higher than the heel-calks. There are three principal
-kinds of toe-calks,—namely:
-
-1. _The Sharp Toe-Calk._—A bar of toe-steel of proper width and
-thickness for the toe-calk is thrust with the shoe into the fire. When
-the end of the bar is cherry-red in color it is withdrawn, laid across
-the straight hardy, and cut nearly through at a point a calk-length
-from the end. Bar and shoe are then brought to a welding heat, the
-calk quickly and securely welded across the toe of the shoe, the bar
-wrenched away, the calk gone over again with the hammer, when it is
-immediately beaten out to a sharp edge from the anterior face, either
-over the far edge of the anvil, or in a foot-vise. The posterior face
-of a sharp toe-calk should be perpendicular to the ground-surface of
-the shoe. Machine-made toe-calks, sharp, half-sharp and blunt, provided
-with a sharp spud at one or both ends, are in general use. Their use
-requires two heats, and the sharp calk is blunted in the welding.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 116. Right hind shoe with toe- and heel-calks: _a_,
-heel-calks; _b_, toe-calk; _c_, greatest width of the base of support
-(_i.e._, contact with the ground) of this shoe when _without_ toe- and
-heel-calks; _d_, the greatest, and _e_, the least width of the base of
-support of this shoe with calks.]
-
-2. _The Blunt Toe-Calk._—It is a rather long rectangular piece of
-toe-steel, straight, or curved to conform to the toe of the shoe.
-The shoe-surface and the ground-surface of the calk are of equal
-dimensions. It should be welded on in one heat.
-
-3. _The Half-Sharp Toe-Calk_ (Coffin-Lid Toe-Calk).—It resembles the
-blunt calk, except that the surface of the calk that is applied to the
-shoe is somewhat broader and longer than the surface that comes in
-contact with the ground. It is welded on in one heat. The first and
-third kinds are most suitable for winter.
-
-Since heel-and toe-calks raise the hoof far from the ground and
-prevent all pressure upon the frog, they diminish the elasticity of
-the hoof and injure it. They are injurious also to the joints, because
-they furnish a base of support which is essentially smaller than that
-afforded by a flat shoe (Fig. 116). However, they are indispensable for
-heavy draft purposes on _slippery_ roads and in winter. Upon all other
-roads and in summer they are superfluous, at least upon front hoofs,
-especially as they do not wholly prevent slipping.
-
-=Special Properties.=—The many different forms of hoofs require a great
-variety of shoes. Following are the special peculiarities of each of
-the chief classes of shoes.
-
-1. _Shoe for a Regular Hoof._—Outer edge: moderately base-narrow
-(bevelled under) all around. Distribution and direction of the
-nail-holes: regular. Length: longer than the hoof by the thickness of
-the shoe (see Figs. 121 and 122).
-
-2. _Shoe for an Acute-Angled Hoof._—Outer edge: strongly base-narrow
-around the toe, but gradually becoming perpendicular towards the ends
-of the branches. Punching: regular, except that the nail-holes at the
-toe must incline inward somewhat more than usual. Length: rather longer
-than the preceding shoe (see Fig. 123).
-
-3. _Shoe for an Upright_ (stumpy) _Hoof_.—Outer edge: perpendicular
-at the toe; but if the hoof is very steep, then base-wide at the
-toe,—_i.e._, bevelled downward and outward. Punching: last nail should
-be placed just beyond the middle of the shoe. Direction of the holes:
-perpendicular. Length: short; at most, one-eighth of an inch longer
-than the hoof. In the case of a “bear-foot” (see Fig. 70) the shoe
-should be long.
-
-4. _Shoe for a Base-Wide Hoof._—Outer edge; the outer branch should be
-moderately base-narrow,—_i.e._, bevelled downward and inward, the inner
-branch perpendicular. Punching: upon the outer branch the holes should
-extend well back, while upon the inner branch they are to be crowded
-forward towards the toe (see Fig. 117). Length will depend upon the
-obliquity of the hoof as seen in profile (see 1, 2, and 3).
-
-5. _Shoe for a Base-Narrow Hoof._—Outer edge: the outer branch either
-perpendicular or base-wide, the inner branch strongly base-narrow.
-Punching: the nail-holes in the outer branch should be crowded towards
-the toe and, under certain conditions, punched deeper than the wall is
-thick, on account of the greater width of this branch; in the inner
-branch the nail-holes are to be distributed back to the quarter and
-punched light (see Fig. 118). Length will depend upon the obliquity of
-the hoof. The outer branch should be about one-fourth of an inch longer
-than the inner.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 117. A right front shoe for a base-wide (toe-wide)
-hoof. The inner branch should be about one-fourth of an inch longer
-than the outer.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 118. A right front shoe for a base-narrow
-(toe-narrow) hoof. The outer branch is wider and one-fourth of an inch
-longer than the inner.]
-
-6. _Shoe for a Wide Hoof._—Somewhat wider webbed (more covered) than
-usual. Outer edge: bevelled under the foot all around (base-narrow).
-Punching: nail-holes carried back into the posterior half of the shoe
-(see Fig. 119). Length will depend upon the obliquity of the hoof.
-
-7. _Shoe for a Narrow Hoof._—Outer edge: moderately bevelled under the
-foot at the toe (base-narrow), elsewhere perpendicular. Distribution of
-the nail-holes: regular. Direction of the nail-holes: perpendicular and
-towards the quarters, inclining somewhat outward. The holes about the
-toe incline somewhat inward. Length will depend upon the obliquity of
-the hoof. Concaving unnecessary (see Fig. 120).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 119. Flat shoe for a round hoof (right front).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 120. A left front shoe for a narrow hoof. The
-concaving is unnecessary.]
-
-The forms of shoes described in paragraphs 2 to 7 differ from that
-described in paragraph 1, but are necessary in order to lessen the
-injurious consequences of irregular loading (unbalancing) of the feet,
-and of unfavorable bases of support of the body-weight.
-
-
-G. Choosing the Shoe.
-
-The choice of the shoe for a given horse is not at all difficult after
-we have carefully considered his weight, the nature of his work, his
-standing position, gait, the form of his hoofs, and quality of the
-horn, bearing in mind the general and peculiar properties of shoes.
-As a rule, we choose a shoe that is longer than the hoof, because the
-latter grows and carries the shoe forward with it, and because the
-quarters gradually become lowered by rubbing and wearing away upon
-the branches of the shoe. The =length= of the shoe is of especial
-importance. For horses employed for slow, heavy draft purposes the
-shoe supplied with heel-and toe-calks should extend backward far
-enough to support the bulbs of the heels. On the contrary, horses used
-at a trot or gallop, as coach-and saddle-horses, require shorter shoes
-(see Fig. 124).
-
-The _weight_ of the shoe should be so adjusted to the demands of the
-horse’s work, the condition of the legs (whether used up with work
-or not), and the nature of the ground that the shoeing will last _at
-least a month_. Hard roads and a heavy, clumsy gait require strong,
-durable shoes, which, under some conditions, are to be rendered still
-more durable by welding in steel. For moderate service upon soft roads
-we should use light shoes. Running horses require unusually thin and
-narrow shoes of steel (see Figs. 125-128).
-
-
-H. Shaping and Fitting Shoes. General Considerations.
-
-This is one of the most important parts of horseshoeing. Its object is
-to so fashion or shape the shoe which has been chosen for a particular
-hoof that its circumference will exactly correspond to the lower
-circumference of the previously prepared hoof, and its bearing-surface
-will fit air-tight to the bearing-surface of the hoof. At this time all
-defects in the surfaces of hoof and shoe and in the nail-holes must be
-remedied, the clips drawn up, and the shoe made to fit perfectly. The
-bearing-surface of the shoe, especially at the ends of the branches,
-must be kept =horizontal=[4] and smooth, and its width regulated by
-the width of the bearing-surface of the hoof (see page 99). Perfectly
-_uniform heating_ is absolutely indispensable in shaping the shoe,
-because an irregularly heated shoe twists or becomes distorted at the
-warm places. Every shoe should be straight, and when held before the
-eye one branch should exactly cover the other. A flat shoe laid upon
-a level surface should touch at all parts of its ground-surface; the
-only exception to this is the shoe with a rolled toe (rolling motion),
-in which the toe is turned upward. A shoe is termed “_trough-shaped_”
-when only the inner edge of the web rests upon the flat surface. It is
-faulty, disturbs the stability of the foot, and shifts the weight of
-the body too much upon the quarters.
-
-[4] The horizontal bearing-surface is in accordance with nature,
-because the changes of form of the hoof which take place at the plantar
-border of the wall, on burdening and unburdening the foot, should not
-be interfered with. A horizontal bearing-surface best fulfils this
-requirement.
-
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 121.
-
-Shod fore-hoof viewed in profile to show the “roll” at the toe.]
-
-To front shoes we give a =rolled toe= (Fig. 121, rolling motion), by
-which we mean a more or less pronounced upward turn of the toe of the
-shoe. Ordinarily, the toe begins to turn up at the middle of the web,
-and should be elevated about one-half the thickness of the iron. The
-rolled toe corresponds to the natural wear of front hoofs, facilitates
-the “breaking over” of the feet, and insures a uniform wear of the
-shoe (see Fig. 86). The shoe is made moderately hot and placed on the
-foot with the toe-clip against the wall exactly in front of the point
-of the frog. The scorched horn should be repeatedly removed with the
-rasp until a perfect-fitting bed has been made upon the bearing-surface
-of the hoof. From the bearing-surface of the shoe to the inner border
-of the web the iron must be free from the sole around its entire
-circumference. The horn sole should not be burnt, because the velvety
-tissue of the sole lies immediately above it. In the region of the
-nail-holes the outer borders of shoe and wall should correspond. =The
-nail-holes must under all conditions cover the white line.= From the
-last nail-hale back to the ends of the branches, for hoofs of the
-regular standing position of the limbs, the shoe should gradually widen
-until it projects at each quarter from a sixteenth to an eighth of
-an inch beyond the edge of the wall. The posterior half of the shoe
-should, therefore, be somewhat wider than the hoof. The effect of
-this will be to prolong the usefulness of the shoes. With respect to
-the _width of the branches_, an exception arises in the case of _hind
-shoes_, in which the inner branch, with few exceptions, should closely
-follow the border of the wall; this will prevent interfering and
-tearing off the shoe by the opposite foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 122. Left fore-hoof of normal position shod.]
-
-Between the ends of the branches and the frog there should be enough
-room, with few exceptions, to pass a foot-pick.
-
-In order to judge of the width of a shoe which has been fitted to
-the hoof, it is of advantage to seize the hoof in the left hand and,
-extending it towards the ground, to observe from behind and above the
-outer border of the shoe and the surfaces of the wall.
-
-_Furthermore, the most important rule is that the shoe should always
-have the form of the foot, so long as the form of the hoof remains
-unaltered. In all hoofs that have already undergone change of form we
-must strive to give the shoe that form which the hoof had before it
-underwent change._ Such treatment will not only do the hoof no injury,
-but, on the contrary, is of advantage to it, as it is well known that
-in time the hoof will acquire the form of the shoe.
-
-
-Shaping and Fitting Shoes. Special Considerations.
-
-(_a_) _A shoe for a hoof of the regular form fits properly_ when the
-outer border of the shoe in the region of the nail-holes closely
-follows the outer edge of the wall, but from the last nail-hole to
-the end of each branch extends beyond the wall from a sixteenth to an
-eighth of an inch, the shoe is straight, lies firmly and air-tight
-upon the bearing-surface of the hoof, the nail-holes fall exactly upon
-the white line, and there is sufficient space between the frog and the
-branches of the shoe for the passage of a foot-pick. The branches must
-be of equal length.
-
-While in fitting a shoe to a hoof of regular form we need pay attention
-only to the form of the hoof, _it is very different when we come to
-shape and fit shoes to hoofs of irregular forms_. _In these cases we
-must consider not only the form of the hoof, but the position of the
-limbs and the distribution of weight in the hoof_, because =where the
-most weight falls the surface of support of the foot must be widened,
-and where least weight falls= (=on the opposite side=) =the surface of
-support must be narrowed=. In this manner the improper distribution of
-weight within the hoof (an unbalanced foot) is regulated,—that is, is
-evenly distributed over the surface of support. The manner in which
-this is accomplished in the various forms of hoofs is as follows:
-
-(_b_) _An acute-angled hoof_ requires the shoe described in paragraph
-2, page 114. The branches must be long, because more of the weight
-falls in the posterior half of the foot, and long branches extend the
-surface of support backward, while the surface of support in front is
-to be diminished by making the toe of the shoe base-narrow, either
-by turning it up or by bevelling it in under the foot. A shoe for an
-acute-angled hoof fits when it is otherwise related to the hoof as is
-described in paragraph _a_, above.
-
-(_c_) _An upright or stumpy hoof_ presents exactly reverse conditions
-with respect to the distribution of weight within the hoof, and
-is treated in an exactly opposite manner. The surface of support
-should be increased at the toe and diminished at the quarters. This
-is accomplished by a shoe possessing the peculiarities described in
-paragraph 3, page 114, whose nail-holes are directed either straight or
-slightly outward.
-
-(_d_) _A base-wide hoof_ requires the surface of support to be widened
-upon the inner side of the foot and narrowed upon the outer side,
-because the inner half of the foot hears the more weight. A shoe having
-the peculiarities described in paragraph 4, page 114, accomplishes this
-end.
-
-(_e_) _The base-narrow hoof_ is just the reverse of the preceding, and
-requires a shoe whose peculiarities are described in paragraph 5, page
-114. While in the normal standing position of the limbs, viewed from in
-front, the ends of the branches of the shoe should be equally distant
-from the middle of the median lacuna of the frog, this is not so in
-the base-wide and base-narrow positions. In the base-wide position
-the outer and in the base-narrow position the inner branch should be
-somewhat farther from the median lacuna than the branch of the opposite
-side.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 123.
-
-The three principal forms of hoofs shod with flat shoes.]
-
-(_f_) _The wide hoof_ has too large a surface of support, and,
-therefore, the shoe designed for it should possess the peculiarities
-enumerated in paragraph 6, page 115.
-
-(_g_) _The narrow hoof_ has already too narrow a base of support,
-and must not be made smaller; therefore, the shoe should not have a
-base-narrow but a perpendicular outer border, as described in paragraph
-7, page 115.
-
-
-Shoeing Saddlers and Hunters.
-
-_The shoes for saddlers_ (Park Hacks) should be light, short, and
-fitted snug to prevent forging, interfering and pulling of the
-shoes. The hoof-surface should cover the wall, white line and at
-least one-fourth of an inch of the margin of the sole. An average
-width of one inch is desirable. Both front and hind shoes should be
-fullered and concaved on the ground-surface (convex iron). =The Front
-Shoe=:—_Length_, should not project beyond the buttress more than
-one-eighth of an inch. _Width_, an inch at the middle on the branches,
-somewhat more at the toe, and less at the ends of the branches.
-_Bevelling_, outer border, base-narrow all around. The ends of the
-branches, and the heel-calks, in case they are used, are bevelled
-strongly downward and forward under the foot. The toe is rolled from
-the inner edge of the web, and provided with a strong central clip. Six
-nails are sufficient (see Fig. 124).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 124.
-
-A right front shoe with forging calks; suitable for a saddle-horse, or
-hunter (convex iron).]
-
-=The Hind Shoe=:—_Length_, the shoe may project from one-fourth to
-three-eighths of an inch behind the buttresses. The toe should be well
-rounded and somewhat blunt so that the horn of the toe will project
-beyond the shoe an amount equal to one-half the thickness of the
-wall. _Width_, somewhat less than the front shoe. The branches are of
-equal thickness, and should carry heel-calks whose height equals the
-thickness of the shoe. To guard against interfering the inside calk may
-be omitted and the inner branch thickened, fitted snug and bevelled
-strongly base-narrow. Clips are to be placed at inner and outer toes.
-Seven nails are sufficient.
-
-_The shoes for hunters_ do not differ materially from those suitable
-for Park Hacks. The hunter’s shoes are somewhat lighter, and to guard
-against injury to the feet by over-reaching and interfering, and
-against the shoes being pulled by stiff mire and by treading, the shoes
-must represent merely a prolongation of the hoofs, _i.e._, must be no
-longer and no wider than the hoofs themselves. =The front shoe= of
-narrow, convex iron is rolled at the toe and has a central toe-clip.
-Forging heel-calks are advisable.
-
-=The hind shoe= is set back at the toe, carries inner and outer toe
-clips, an outer heel-calk and an inner interfering branch. Seven nails.
-
-
-Shoeing Runners.
-
-Racing plates are intended solely to prevent excessive wear and
-breaking away of the wall, and to insure a secure foothold upon the
-ground. The shoes are made as light as possible, but they must not be
-so narrow and thin that they will bend or break. They are therefore
-made of steel, wide enough to cover the bearing-surface of the wall,
-white line, and an eighth of an inch of the sole. The ground-surface
-is divided into two sharp edge’s by a deep, clean, fullering continued
-entirely around the shoe. heel-calks are of no advantage. Front and
-hind shoes carry six nails. The last nails are well back in the
-quarters to prevent the spreading or bending of the light shoe. Front
-shoes are provided with central toe-clips; hind shoes carry inner and
-outer toe-clips and are set slightly under at the toe (see Figs. 125,
-126, 127, 128). An _average weight_ running plate for a medium-sized
-hoof is _three to four ounces_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 125. A fore running plate, hoof-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 126. A fore running plate, ground-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 127. A hind running plate, hoof-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 128. A hind running plate, ground-surface.]
-
-
-Shoeing Trotters and Pacers.
-
-The shoes worn while the trotter or pacer is in training are somewhat
-heavier than those worn while racing. Training shoes will average 40
-ounces to the set, while trotting and pacing plates weigh from 16 to
-28 ounces to the set. Of the six fastest trotters during the last year
-(1912) the average weight of the front shoes was 6⅚ ounces, of the
-hind shoes 4 ounces. Of the seven swiftest pacers of the same year the
-front shoes averaged 5½ ounces, and the hind shoes 3⅝ ounces. In short,
-_extreme speed at running, pacing or trotting demands as light a shoe
-as can be made, which will at the same time furnish a bearing for wall,
-white line and a narrow rim of the sole_.
-
-In style of shoes there is no marked difference between trotters
-and pacers—except in the hind shoes of pacers that cross-fire (see
-“cross-firing,” p. 140). Open shoes predominate. Bar-shoes are used,
-not to give frog pressure, but to stiffen and prevent spreading of
-the shoe, when after a few days’ wear it becomes thin at the toe. The
-average trotting and pacing plate is so thin that it would be weakened
-by fullering, so most of them are stamped (punched). Six nails are
-sufficient. Clips are seldom needed.
-
-Pacers usually require a low circular grab or “rim” at the toe. This is
-set flush with the outer border, is about one-eighth of an inch high
-and is brazed on. Trotting plates are usually without toe-calks, though
-many are fullered across the toe (corrugated) to furnish a grip upon
-the ground.
-
-On both trotting and pacing shoes the heel-calks should be low and
-sharp and should run straight forward so as not to retard the forward
-glide of the foot as it is set to earth heel first. The heel-calk
-serves chiefly to prevent the lateral twist of the foot as the horse
-takes the sharp turns of the track.
-
-Freak shoes, toe-weights, side-weights, excessive length of hoof or
-toe, and other unscientific appliances and methods of shoeing speed
-horses are being gradually eliminated, and today the fastest are
-dressed and shod in accordance with the principles enunciated in this
-book.
-
-
-Fitting Shoes to Heavy Draft-Horses.
-
-What has been previously said concerning shoeing holds good here;
-however, the conditions of shoeing are somewhat different in heavy
-horses, and particularly with respect to hoofs which, without being
-clearly diseased, have been injured by shoeing. The entire operation
-requires more circumspection, because it is more difficult. In many
-cases one will find that the width that has been advised for the
-outer branch of the shoe at the quarter is not sufficient. Indeed,
-if a horse has wry feet, and there is unequal distribution of weight
-within the hoof, and we attempt in shoeing it to follow to the letter
-the directions given on preceding pages, we would be apt to favor the
-perpetuation of the defect. In such cases the slant of the wall at the
-quarters is of the greatest practical value to us in estimating the
-proper width for the shoe at this point.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 129. Left hind shoe with a broad, base-wide outer
-branch for draft-horses that stand markedly base-narrow (close behind).]
-
-When uniform setting down of the hoof and uniform wear of the shoe are
-desired, every point in the coronary band in the posterior half of the
-foot must receive support by the shoe. This applies particularly to the
-outer halves of hoofs that are extremely base-narrow. If, for example,
-the coronet of the outer quarter projects beyond the plantar border
-of the quarter, the outer branch of the shoe from the last nail-hole
-back must be kept so wide (full) that an imaginary perpendicular line
-dropped from the coronary band will just touch the outer border of the
-shoe. The inner branch, on the contrary, should follow the edge of the
-wall as closely as possible. Furthermore, the new shoe should be given
-more curve,—that is, made wider and fitted more full where the old shoe
-shows greatest wear. _The principal thought should be to set the shoe,
-which should always be regarded as the base of support of the hoof,
-farther towards the more strongly worn side._ Such a practice renders
-superfluous the wide-spread and popular custom of bending outward the
-outer quarter and heel-calk of hind shoes. From the manner in which a
-horse travels and the wear of the old shoe, we estimate the distance
-that the branches of the shoe should be set from the middle line of
-the hoof. If in following out this plan the bearing-surface of the
-outer quarter of the wall is not completely covered, the quarter will
-be pinched and squeezed inward; this should be prevented by a broader
-branch punched so deeply that the holes will fall upon the white line
-(Fig. 129).
-
-When the shoer has satisfied himself that the shoe fulfils every
-requirement and fits perfectly, it is to be cooled, the holes opened
-with an oiled pritchel, and the shoe brightened with a file. In filing,
-all sharp edges should be removed. If a shoe is to be filed upon the
-outer border, to give it a neater appearance, the filing should be done
-_lengthways of the shoe_, and _not crossways_; of course, the shoe must
-not be bent by being improperly clamped in the vise.
-
-It indicates much greater skill in making and fitting shoes when they
-look clean and finished with little or no filing.
-
- In the preceding remarks I have insisted upon a
- horizontal bearing-surface for all shoes, with the
- single exception of shoes provided with the rolled
- toe (rolling motion). As far as I can judge from the
- literature of shoeing, and from what I have seen
- with my own eyes in many countries, this is the most
- wide-spread practice. In Germany, on the other hand,
- there is another method, followed in the military
- shoeing shops, _which consists in placing the
- bearing-surface of the shoe as nearly as possible
- at right angles to the slant of the wall_.
- According to this method the bearing-surface of
- the shoe, depending upon the direction of the wall
- (viewed from in front, from behind, and from the
- side), should incline more or less, now backward,
- now inward, now horizontal, and now outward. Shoes
- for wide hoofs are given a bearing-surface which
- inclines inward, while for narrow hoofs the shoes
- have a horizontal bearing-surface. Shoes for wry
- hoofs have a bearing-surface which inclines downward
- and inward for the slanting wall, and for the steeper
- wall a horizontal bearing-surface, which towards the
- end of the branch may incline slightly downward and
- outward. Besides, the bearing-surface of the ends of
- the branches, viewed from the side, has a backward
- and downward inclination. This method is practicable
- =only in part=.
-
-
-I. Nailing the Shoe.
-
-This is that act of horseshoeing by which the shoe is fastened to the
-hoof by special nails called hoof-nails or horseshoe-nails, which are
-driven through the shoe and horny wall.
-
-At present there are hand-made and machine-made horseshoe-nails. Both
-kinds should be made of the best wrought iron. The nails must be
-slender, wedge-shaped, and twice as wide as they are thick. Thickness
-and length must be in proper relation to each other. We should never
-choose a nail which is longer than is absolutely necessary to hold the
-shoe; six to eight sizes are sufficient for all purposes.
-
-The rough nails (hand-made), before being used, must undergo a special
-shaping to prepare them to pass through the wall easily and in the
-desired direction. This preparation is called _shaping and bevelling_.
-In doing this we should see to it that the nails are made smooth, and
-even, but are not hammered harder than is absolutely necessary, because
-the lighter one can hammer the nails the better they will be.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 130. Hand-made horseshoe-nails, natural size, for
-fullered shoes (1, not bevelled).]
-
-Furthermore, we must give the nail that form which will insure its
-passing through the horn _straight_ and _not in a curve_; with this
-object in view, the nail is to be slightly curved so that the side
-which is turned towards the frog in driving (inside) will be a little
-concave, the opposite side convex (Figs. 130, 3, and 131, No. 10),
-since it is known that a straight nail always passes through the horn
-in a curve, and not only does not long remain tight, but is quite
-likely to _press upon and injure the soft tissues_ of the foot. (See
-also, Nailing.)
-
-At the point of the nail the _bevel_ is to be so placed that it will
-form a short one-sided wedge with the slanting side directed =from
-within to without= (Figs. 130, 3, and 131, _d_). A short bevel is
-suitable for nails that are to be driven low, while a long bevel makes
-it possible to drive them high. _The bevel should never form a hook;
-it must always be straight, should be sharp but not thin, and under no
-conditions incomplete_ (defective).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 131. Machine-made horseshoe-nails (natural size)
-with a low, wide head for a fullered shoe. The last nail is shown from
-one border; the others from the inner face: _a_, head; _b_, neck; _c_,
-shank; _d_, bevel; _e_, point; _f_, inner face; _g_, outer face.]
-
-Machine-made nails, smooth, polished, bevelled, and ready for use, are,
-for many reasons, to be preferred to hand-made nails, though the latter
-are rather tougher (see Fig. 131).
-
-Before the shoe is nailed on it should be cooled and again carefully
-examined by a competent shoer, who should then place it upon the
-hoof, where it should be critically observed to see whether it really
-fulfils every requirement of a properly-fitting shoe. Afterwards, the
-least fault or defect must be remedied, and then the work of _nailing_
-it begins. By nailing, the shoe is firmly and durably fastened to the
-hoof, in doing which the horn of the wall is spared so far as possible,
-the elasticity of the hoof borne always in mind, and wounding of the
-pododerm entirely avoided. =The nails must in all cases penetrate the
-white line= and pass through the wall in such a straight direction
-that they will appear neither too high nor too low upon its outer
-surface. In the first case there is considerable danger of pricking or
-close-nailing, and in the latter the nail-holes will tear out easily
-when the nails are being clinched.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 132.
-
-Driving hammer.]
-
-In driving a nail, it should be held in the fingers as long as possible
-in the direction in which it is desired that it shall pass through
-the horn. A nail should be driven cautiously, with attention to its
-_sinking and sound_, and yet with enough force so that at each stroke
-it will penetrate from one-fifth to one-fourth of an inch. The power
-required at each stroke will depend upon the hardness of the horn and
-the size of the nail. Fearless driving and timorous tapping should not
-be allowed.
-
-Nails, which at a depth of five-eighths of an inch are still going
-soft, or which bend and give a dull sound, or cause pain, should be
-immediately withdrawn.
-
-According to the size of the horse and his hoofs the nails should be
-driven from five-eighths to an inch and five-eighths high, and as
-_even_ as possible. As soon as a nail is driven its point should be
-=immediately= bent down towards the shoe in order to prevent injuries.
-The heads of all the nails should then be gone over with a hammer and
-driven down solidly into the nail-holes, the hoof being meanwhile
-supported in the left hand. Pincers are then held under the bent nails
-and they are more sharply bent by _light_ blows upon the nail-heads.
-The points of the nails are now nipped off near the hoof, the horn
-which has been thrown out just below the clinches by bending the nails
-down is removed with rasp or gouge, and the ends of the nails bent down
-still more, but not quite flush with the wall. This operation is called
-“clinching.” A clinching-block or a pair of ordinary blacksmith’s
-pincers is then placed under the end of the nail, now called a clinch,
-and by light blows (in doing this the nail must not bend within the
-wall) upon the head the clinch is turned closer to the surface of the
-wall; finally, with the front edge of the nail-hammer the clinch is
-hammered down flush with the wall. On the inner half of the wall the
-clinches should not be felt on stroking the wall with the fingers. The
-small amount of horn that projects beyond the shoe around the toe may
-be carefully rasped away in the direction in which the wall slants, but
-_never higher than the clinches_; finally, the sharp lower edge of the
-wall is to be removed by carrying the corner of the rasp around between
-the shoe and the horn.
-
-A clinch is sufficiently long when it equals the width of the nail at
-that point.
-
-It is of advantage to use a shoeing-bock or foot-stool in clinching
-the nails on the front hoofs. The hind hoofs may be clinched in the
-hands. Then the horse should be led out and again moved in order to
-see whether or not the new shoeing has actually accomplished what was
-desired. Finally, the entire hoof should be given a thin layer of
-hoof-salve.
-
-
-K. Horseshoes More or Less Deficient in the Desirable Qualities
-Described on Pages 107-116.
-
-
-Machine Shoes.
-
-1. _Machine Shoes of Wrought Iron._—They are half-finished and
-finished. Though machine shoes with few exceptions show no distinction
-between front and hind, or left and right, with correct punching for
-these different feet, but usually present one form in different sizes,
-yet, unfortunately, they are in high favor with horseshoers, because
-they may be used for both summer and winter and for bar-shoes.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 133.
-
-A machine-made (drop-forged) front shoe, ground-surface.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 134. A machine-made toe-weight front shoe for a
-harness horse, showing ground-surface. Punching good.]
-
-For these reasons we cannot approve of machine shoes.
-
-2. _Finished Cast Shoes._—They are of four kinds,—ordinary cast shoes,
-cast shoes with rope buffer, cast shoes with fiber buffer, and cast
-shoes fenestrated to hold a rubber buffer. Ordinary cast shoes of
-correct form and proper punching designed by Grossbauer, of Vienna, are
-sold by Hannes’ Sons, of that city.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 135.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 136.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 137.
-
-Machine-made (drop-forged) multi-calk fore shoe. _A_, ground-surface;
-_B_, hoof-surface; _C_, profile.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 138.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 139.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 140.
-
-Machine-made (drop-forged) multi-calk hind shoe. _A_, ground-surface;
-_B_, hoof-surface; _C_, profile.]
-
-_Rope Shoes._—These shoes have a groove on the ground-surface, in
-which rests a tarred rope, which greatly diminishes slipping on smooth
-pavement. For this reason alone they are extensively used in the large
-cities of Germany. Since the open rope shoe, when half worn out, will
-warp, the bar rope shoe is more satisfactory and more extensively used
-(Figs. 141-144).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 141. Bar rope shoe with bar bent forward.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 142. The same with bar bent backward.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 143. The same with beak-formed bar.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 144. An open rope shoe.]
-
-Before fitting the shoe the rope must be removed. After the nails are
-driven it is laid in the groove and hammered into place. Rope shoes can
-seldom be fitted properly to hoofs other than those which are healthy
-and of regular shape.
-
-_Fiber Shoes._—These have a groove on the ground-surface into which
-layers of linen fiber belting have been tightly pressed. The fiber
-cannot be removed, and therefore the shoes cannot be heated, but
-must be fitted cold. The nail-holes are placed between the fiber and
-the outer border of the shoe, and are punched too light. The bearing
-surface of the shoe is unsupported, so that when the shoe is half worn
-out, it warps. There is no distinction between rights and lefts.
-
-_Rubber shoes_ have all the defects of fiber shoes, and one more.
-The hoof-surface is covered with canvas, which under normal and
-acute-angled hoofs wears through under the quarters and leads to
-loosening of the last nails.
-
-
-L. Rubber Pads.
-
-The increasing use of asphalt, tarvia and other hard, smooth and
-slippery materials for surfacing city streets and country highways has
-not only made travelling in flat and even in calked shoes precarious,
-but has aggravated all those injuries produced by concussion.
-
-To prevent slipping and the injurious effects of concussion a great
-many shoes have been devised, in which are incorporated such materials
-as hemp rope, linen fibre, papier maché, cork, wood, bast, felt and
-rubber, but all fail in greater or lesser degree to meet practical
-requirements.
-
-Rubber, though the most expensive of these materials, is the most
-resilient and takes the best grip on smooth pavement. A pad of rubber,
-wide enough to cover the branches of the frog alone, or the branches of
-the frog and the buttresses of the hoof, firmly cemented to a leather
-sole, constitutes the modern rubber pad (Figs. 145, 146, 147).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 145. A light driving pad, gummed and stitched to a
-leather sole; seen from the ground-surface and in profile. Used with a
-seven-to ten-ounce short shoe. _a_, stitching; _b_, rubber bar under
-buttress and frog; _c_, leather sole.]
-
-The frog- and buttress-pad used with a short shoe is to be preferred to
-the earlier frog pad which takes a full shoe.
-
-_The advantages of rubber pads are_:
-
-1. They prevent slipping upon asphalt and other smooth, dry surfaces.
-
-2. They diminish concussion, and are valuable in the prevention and
-treatment of sore heels, dry and moist corns, bruised sole, and
-incipient side-bone.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 146. Air-cushion pad, seen from ground surface and
-in profile. Suitable for light harness horses.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 147. A heavy bar-pad suitable for heavy harness and
-draft-horses on pavement. The short shoe may carry a toe-calk of medium
-height.]
-
-3. They give frog pressure, develop the frog and tend to prevent
-contraction of the quarters and those lesions which may follow
-contraction, as corns, cracks of bars and quarters, laminitis of the
-quarters and thrush.
-
-_A rubber pad should not be used_:
-
-1. In contraction of one or both quarters, when the frog is too much
-shrunken to bear upon the pad.
-
-2. In lameness from well developed side-bones.
-
-3. In navicular bursitis (“navicular disease”).
-
-4. In thrush, or canker of frog or sole.
-
-Rubber pads, light, medium and heavy, are made in all sizes and are
-suitable for all classes of horses, from the light roadster to the
-heavy draft type. The short shoe with which they are used reaches
-the middle of the quarters. The pad surface (upper surface) of the
-ends of the branches should be bevelled to conform to the pad, and to
-hold it firmly against the frog and buttresses. The thickness of the
-shoe should equal two-thirds the thickness of the pad, so that when
-fitted one-third of the thickness of the pad shall project below the
-ground-surface of the shoe. The shoe should be provided with a strong
-toe-clip. With the heavy, thick pad of a draft-horse a low toe-calk may
-be used, but heel-calks should never be put on a short shoe. Pads are
-seldom necessary on the hind feet.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-SHOEING HORSES THAT FORGE AND INTERFERE.
-
-
-A. Forging.
-
-Forging is that defect of the horse’s gait by reason of which, at a
-trot, he strikes the ends of the branches or the under surface of the
-front shoe with the toe of the hind shoe or hoof of the same side.
-Forging in a pacer is termed “cross-firing” and consists in striking
-the inner quarter, or the under surface of the inner branch of a front
-shoe with the toe of the diagonal hind shoe or hoof.
-
-Forging is unpleasant to hear and dangerous to the horse. It is liable
-to wound the heels of the forefeet, damages the toes or the coronet of
-the hind hoofs, and often pulls off the front shoes.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 148. Right front shoe with concave ground-surface
-(“convex iron”) to prevent “forging.”]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 149. Right hind shoe with lateral toe-clips to
-prevent “clicking” and the various injuries due to forging.]
-
-_Causes._—1. Faulty conformation; for example, horses that stand
-considerably higher at the croup than at the withers; horses with
-long legs and short bodies; horses that “stand under” in front and
-behind. 2. Using horses on heavy ground, unskilful driving, allowing
-a long-necked, heavy-headed horse to carry his head too low; riding
-without holding a horse to his work by feeling his mouth and pressing
-the knees against his sides. 3. Fatigue frequently leads to forging,
-even in horses that are well built and properly shod. It may also occur
-in the act of vaulting over an obstacle. 4. Poor shoeing, especially
-too long toes upon the front and hind hoofs, and too long front shoes.
-
-The aim of the shoer should be to facilitate the quick and easy
-“breaking over” of the =front foot=, so that it may get away before
-it is overtaken by the hind foot. The toe of the front hoof should be
-fairly short and rolled; the quarters spared. The front shoe should be
-light, rolled at the toe and =no longer and no wider= than the hoof.
-The ends of the branches of a flat shoe, and also the heel-calks, in
-case they are needed to elevate a heel that is too low, should be
-bevelled from the hoof-surface of the shoe downward and forward under
-the foot. Such short heel-calks, bevelled to prevent forging, are
-called “forging calks.” If the horse continues to forge between the
-branches and against the ground-surface of the shoe, concaving this
-surface will prove advantageous (convex iron). The form of the front
-shoes of horses that forge should represent merely a prolongation of
-the hoof.
-
-The “breaking over” of the =hind foot= should be delayed by sparing
-the toe and lowering the quarters, but not sufficiently to break the
-foot-axis too far backward. The hind shoe is to be squared at the toe
-and the lower edge of the shoe in the region of the toe well rounded;
-instead of a toe-clip, two side-clips are to be drawn up and the shoe
-so fitted that at least three-fourths of the thickness of the wall of
-the toe, with the edge well rounded, will extend forward beyond the
-shoe. Should the toe of the hoof be short it may be raised either by a
-low toe-calk set one-fourth of an inch back from the edge of the shoe,
-or by thinning the shoe from the toe to the ends of the branches. The
-branches of a flat hind shoe should extend somewhat farther back of
-the buttresses than under normal conditions, to trail upon the ground
-just before the hoof alights, and acting as a brake, to bring the hoof
-to earth (Fig. 150).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 150. Hind shoe with swelled toe to slow the
-breaking over. Often efficient when the hoof is too short at the toe:
-_a_, long branches to trail and bring the foot to earth; _b_, outer toe
-clip; _c_, toe squared and set under to prevent injury to front hoof,
-and to deaden the sound of forging.]
-
-“Cross-firing” is most apt to occur and is most dangerous at extreme
-speed. Then, when the inner branch of the hind shoe strikes the inner
-heel, quarter or shoe of the diagonal front foot, both feet are in the
-air,—the fore foot is approaching the middle of its stride, while the
-offending hind foot is in the last third of its flight. The standing
-position that favors cross-firing is the base-wide (toe-wide) in front,
-and the base-narrow (toe-narrow) behind. With this direction of limbs
-the flight of the fore feet is forward and inward during the first
-half of their stride, while the flight of the hind feet is forward and
-inward during the second half of their stride (see Figs. 72, 73, 75).
-
-The problem is, therefore, so to pare and shoe a base-wide fore foot
-that it will break over nearer the centre of the toe and thus execute
-less of an inward swing during the first half of its stride, and to so
-pare and shoe a base-narrow hind foot that it will break over nearer
-the centre of the toe and thus execute less of an inward swing during
-the second half of its stride. Neither a toe-wide nor a toe-narrow
-foot can be made to break over the exact centre of the toe, and yet it
-is possible by dressing the hoof and by shoeing to shift the breaking
-over point nearer to the centre of the toe, and by doing so, to alter
-slightly the lines of flight of the feet.
-
-Dressing and shoeing the front foot: =The hoof= should be relatively
-low from the middle of the toe around to and including the _outer_
-buttress. If the inner half of the wall is deficient in length it must
-be raised above the outer half by applying a shoe which is thinner in
-its outer than in its inner branch. The inner toe should be left long.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 151.
-
-Left hind hoof of a toe-narrow pacer, shod to prevent cross-firing:
-_a_, dotted line indicating outer border of the hoof; _b_, long bent
-outer branch; _c_, short, thin inner branch; _d_, inner wall extending
-beyond the shoe; _f_, line from which inner branch is feather-edged.
-The shoe is of even thickness from _b_ to _f_ at inner toe; but from
-latter point to _c_ diminishes to a feather edge.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 152.
-
-Front view of hoof and shoe depicted in Fig. 151: _a_, outer branch
-fitted very full and bevelled base-wide; _b_, inner branch diminishing
-in thickness from inner toe _c_, to its termination at the inner
-quarter. Designed to favor “breaking over” near centre of the toe, and
-to widen the gait.]
-
-=The shoe= should be light, without heel-calks, but may carry a low,
-curved grab (“grab,” is a low, straight or curved, toe-or heel-calk on
-a racing plate) running from the second inner toe nail to the centre
-of the toe. _The inner branch_ is to be fitted flush with the wall
-from the centre of the toe back to the quarter, back of which point
-it gradually extends beyond the wall, _i.e._, is fitted full; and
-terminates well back of the buttress. _This inner branch_ should be
-from one-fourth to three-eighths of an inch longer than the outer
-branch. _The long inner branch, full at the quarter, is desirable, but
-must be covered by a quarter-boot, which a cross-firer should always
-wear._
-
-_The outer branch_ should be fitted snug and terminate at the buttress.
-From the centre of the toe to the end of the branch the ground-surface
-should be bevelled from the inner edge of the web to a knife-edge at
-the outer border.
-
-Dressing and shoeing the hind foot: =The hoof= should be relatively
-low from the centre of the toe around to and including the _inner_
-buttress. If the outer half of the hoof is deficient in length, it must
-be raised above the inner half by applying a shoe with a thin inner
-branch. The inner branch may terminate in a knife-edge midway between
-toe and heel (Figs. 151 and 152).
-
-_The inner branch_ is to be fitted snug from the centre of the toe to
-its end, and its ground-surface should be bevelled from the inner edge
-of the web to a knife-edge at the outer border.
-
-_The outer branch_ is to be fitted very full from the outside toe to
-the end. This branch should extend well behind the buttress, and in
-well-marked base-narrow hoofs should be turned outward in order to
-support the overhanging coronet of the quarter. The outer border should
-be bevelled base-wide, and the nail-holes punched coarse, _i.e._, far
-in from the outer border (Figs. 151 and 152). The outer branch may
-carry a small heel-calk.
-
-
-B. Interfering.
-
-A horse “interferes” when a hoof in motion strikes the opposite
-supporting leg. Interfering is apt to produce injuries, either of the
-coronary band of the inner half of the foot or of the fetlock-joint, or
-(in fore-limbs) of the cannon, even as high up as the knee. Lameness
-frequently accompanies such injuries.
-
-_The causes of interfering_ lie either in the _shoeing_ (of the foot
-that strikes, as well as of the foot which is struck), in the _position
-of the limbs_, or in the _use_ of the animal. Horses that have the
-correct standing position do not interfere when they are properly shod;
-base-wide horses interfere sometimes; horses base-narrow down to the
-fetlock and toe-wide below that point interfere very frequently. Traces
-of unequal length, weariness, and shoeing at too long intervals favor
-interfering.
-
-In attempting to lessen or remove interfering, the horse must be most
-carefully examined with respect to the position of his limbs, his gait,
-and his shoeing, in the manner described on pages 90 to 92.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 153.
-
-A right front shoe with nailless and narrow inner branch for a
-base-wide hoof. Suitable for horses that strike anywhere from inner toe
-back to the quarter.]
-
-If the cause is found to be the twisted position of a shoe, too wide
-hoofs, raised clinches, etc., nothing need be done further than to
-correct the shoeing; but if a faulty position of the limbs is the
-cause, we must ascertain the exact part of the hoof that does the
-striking, diminish the size of the hoof at that point, regulate the
-entire plantar surface of the hoof, make the shoe straight along
-the region that strikes,—that is, without curve,—and so fit it to
-the foot that one-third of the thickness of the wall will extend
-beyond the shoe. Where interfering is so pronounced as to produce
-serious injuries, we use a shoe with no nails in the inner branch
-(“dropped-crease” shoe) (Figs. 153, 156, 157).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 154.
-
-Left hind shoe with interfering branch (ground-surface), for
-base-narrow standing position.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 155. The same (hoof-surface).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 156.
-
-Left hind interfering shoe without nail-holes in inner branch
-(“dropped-crease” shoe): _a_, side-clip.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 157.
-
-Right hind shoe for toe-cutters. The dotted lines indicate the distance
-that the wall projects beyond the shoe: _a_, side-clip.]
-
-The so-called _interfering shoes_ (Figs. 154 and 155) are worthy
-of recommendation only for hoofs of the base-narrow position. The
-interfering branch, whose greater thickness raises the inner wall,
-which is often too low, is to be so shaped and directed that the hoof
-will project somewhat beyond it. _This interfering branch must be
-made and shaped in accordance with each individual case._ The holes
-in the interfering branch should be punched somewhat finer (nearer
-the edge) than usual. Interfering shoes in which the nail-holes, with
-the exception of the inner toe nail-hole, are placed in the outer
-branch, are called “_dropped-crease interfering shoes_” (Fig. 156).
-Such shoes are not recommended for hind hoofs that are decidedly
-toe-wide (toe-cutters); in such cases better results will be obtained
-by using a shoe, either with or without heel-calks, whose inner branch
-is straight and without nails along the striking region, and is fitted
-wide (full) at the quarter. The inner branch should be from one-fourth
-to three-eighths of an inch longer than the outer. The inner heel-calk
-should be higher than the outer, and the end of the outer branch should
-be as base-narrow as it can be made (fitted close) (Fig. 157). In order
-to prevent shifting of an interfering shoe, a side-clip should be drawn
-up on the outer branch (_a_).
-
-There is no manner of shoeing that will prevent interfering which is
-caused by improper harnessing, crooked hitching, or weariness. The
-simpler and the _lighter_ the shoes the less will horses interfere.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-WINTER SHOEING.
-
-
-All shoes whose ground-surface is provided with contrivances to prevent
-slipping upon snow and ice are called winter shoes.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 158. An ice-nail, frost-nail.]
-
-These various contrivances are produced by several processes called
-“methods of sharpening.” All methods may be gathered into two
-groups,—namely, _practical_ sharp-shoeing and _impractical_. Only the
-first will be considered.
-
-The durability of sharpened shoes depends partly upon whether they
-are made of steel or iron, and partly upon the nature of the ground
-in winter. If the ground is continuously covered with a thick layer
-of snow, whatever method of sharpening is followed, the shoes =stay
-sharp=; if, however, the winter is open, changeable, with more bare ice
-than snow, no method of sharpening, whatever it may be, will last long;
-the shoes will =not stay sharp=.
-
-For these reasons no method of sharpening which fulfils all conditions
-satisfactorily has yet been discovered.
-
-The simplest and at the same time the least durable method of
-sharpening is: 1. That by means of =ice-nails= or =frost-nails= (Fig.
-158). One or two nails are drawn from each branch of the shoe and
-replaced with ice-nails.
-
-2. =Sharp Toe- and Heel-Calks.=—The outer calk is split and a small
-steel wedge welded in. It is then laid upon the edge of the anvil,
-indented and sharpened from within to without in such a manner that
-the calk shall be thin from the branch to the ground, and the outer
-surface shall be in the same vertical plane as the outer edge. If a
-calk is narrow from its base to its end, and at the same time without
-flaw, it does not need a sharp cutting edge. The inner calk should
-never be sharpened except the ground be very slippery. The cutting edge
-of this inner calk stands at right angles to the length of the branch,
-and its outer corner should then be rounded to prevent its injuring the
-opposite foot (Figs. 159, 160).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 159.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 160.
-
-Outer and inner heel-calks sharpened.]
-
-For horses used for heavy draft purposes a toe-calk is welded to the
-shoe and sharpened. For this purpose we use only steel (toe-steel),
-which is easily welded to the shoe and remains firm. Toe-calks and
-steeled heel-calks are tempered, in order, as much as possible, to
-lengthen their period of durability. This method of sharpening is the
-oldest and most wide-spread, and is employed on the shoes of all horses
-of which we require more than light service.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 161.
-
-Left fore-hoof sharp-shod: _a_, toe-calk bevelled from in front;
-_b_, outer heel-calk directed lengthwise with the branch; _c_, inner
-heel-calk, half sharp and directed transversely to direction of the
-branch.]
-
-Hoofs are easily damaged or even ruined by frequently repeated
-sharpening of the shoes, because every time this is done the shoes must
-be removed and replaced.
-
-3. =Shoeing with Screw Heel-Calks.=—Any ordinary flat shoe not too thin
-and narrow at the ends of the branches can be changed to a shoe with
-screw heel-calks by punching holes in the ends of the branches and
-cutting a thread in them.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 162.
-
-Ground-surface of the end of a branch of shoe, showing (_a_) hole and
-counter-sinking for a screw-calk (one-half natural size).]
-
-The screw heel-calk holes are made either by punching or boring. The
-punching is done by means of an almost cylindrical hammer-punch,
-afterwards finishing the holes by driving through them a round punch
-which tapers from the middle towards both ends. On the ground-surface
-of the shoe the hole is moderately counter-sunk (Fig. 162, _a_), so
-that after the thread has been cut and the calk screwed into place the
-shoulder of the latter will rest on the counter-sinking.
-
-At present nearly all screw-calks are made by machinery, either of iron
-or toe-steel. The former is too soft and therefore not sufficiently
-durable; the latter, however, is quite durable when the calk is
-properly hardened (tempered) by heating to a cherry-red, sticking
-the head of the calk as far as the tap into a bed of moist sand, and
-allowing it to slowly cool.
-
-The chief requirements of a good screw-calk are, further, a =clean,
-deep=, but not too coarse =thread=, and but _one size of thread and tap
-for all calks_, so that every calk will fit in every shoe. A calk whose
-tap measures one half-inch (12.7 millimetres) (Whitworth) in diameter
-is sufficient for the heaviest shoes. The tap which is used to cut
-the thread in the holes for the screw-calks must be about ¹/₁₂₅ of an
-inch thicker than the head of the calk. In the German army the calks
-have a tap fifteen thirty-seconds of an inch in diameter. The coachman
-should be given four calks (sharp and blunt) for each shoe, and a
-small screw-calk key for placing and removing them. Screw toe-calks
-are also used, yet they require special security to prevent their
-becoming loose. Experimentation with the screw toe-calks, though not
-yet entirely satisfactory, cannot be said to have ended.
-
-The advantages of shoes provided with good screw heel-calks are so
-manifold that they deserve marked preference over shoes sharpened
-by the ordinary methods. The common objections urged against
-screw-calks,—namely, that they loosen and are lost, or break off, are
-not worthy of serious consideration, since these evils are merely the
-result of unskilful workmanship and poor material. _Shoes with screw
-heel-calks are the best shoes for winter, especially for horses that
-have to work hard and continuously._
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 163. Sharp screw-calks with Whitworth thread
-(half-inch, natural size).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 164. Whitworth tap (half-inch, half natural size).]
-
-Balling with snow is prevented by using shoes narrow in the web and
-concave upon the ground-surface (convex iron), and thoroughly oiling
-the sole and frog. Sole-pads of felt, leather, or straw serve the
-same purpose. Balling with snow is _best_ prevented by a rubber
-sole-and-frog pad, or by a “stopping” of a patent hoof cement known in
-Germany as “huflederkitt.”
-
-4. =Shoeing with Peg-Calks.=—The calks are merely stuck into the
-calk-holes, hence their name. Round and square peg-calks are used, but
-the former are better than the latter.
-
-The inventor of round peg-calks is Judson, an American. The shoes
-differ in no respect from the ordinary flat shoes. It is necessary that
-the tap of the calk have a moderately conical form, and exactly fit
-into the calk-hole of the shoe. The taper of the calk-tap is correct
-if for every ten thirty-seconds of an inch in length it increases or
-diminishes one-thirty-second of an inch in diameter (equal to one inch
-in every ten inches of length).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 165. Sharp peg-calk (cog): _a_, the tap; _b_, the
-head.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 166. Blunt peg-calk: _a_, the tap; _b_, the head.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 167. Lower part of the reamer.]
-
-Although the calk-holes may be punched in a hot shoe, yet boring and
-reaming them is much better, because by this method a more perfect fit
-can be secured. For this purpose we require a drill (a spiral drill is
-the best) whose diameter is exactly the same as that of the small end
-of the calk-tap (Figs. 165, _c_, and 166, _c_). After the shoe has been
-fitted to the hoof, the provisional holes are drilled and afterwards
-reamed out from the ground-surface of the shoe with the reamer shown in
-Fig. 167. Since the tap of the reamer corresponds exactly in size to
-the tap of the calk, it is evident that the latter must exactly fit and
-be tight. The wire edge that is raised around the hole is removed with
-a file, and the edge then smoothed by introducing the reamer a second
-time. The calks are made of rolled round steel, which has the thickness
-of the tap-end of the calk. For this purpose we require a calk-mould or
-matrix, in which one or more holes have been finished with a reamer.
-A piece of rod steel is heated at the end for a distance nearly twice
-the length of the calk, is swaged, thrust into the matrix, then broken
-off, and back-set. This will give a blunt peg-calk. If a sharp calk is
-desired, the upper part of the head of the calk is sharpened in the
-ordinary manner, although this is accomplished most easily by using a
-pair of tongs with short jaws that are hollowed upon the inside for
-seizing the tap of the calk.
-
-Before the shoes are nailed on, the normal punch should be oiled and
-driven into the calk-holes, and the calks passed into the holes to see
-that they fit perfectly.
-
-The calks are driven into place =after= the shoes are nailed to the
-hoofs. A light blow is sufficient to fasten a calk, yet a necessary
-precaution is first to remove every trace of oil from the calks and
-calk-holes. The first calk driven into place must be held with the hand
-while the second is being driven, otherwise it will either spring from
-the calk-hole or be loosened so that it will soon afterwards be lost.
-
-To remove such a calk we strike its head from different sides with a
-hammer, stone, or other hard object until it becomes loose, when a
-rather hard blow upon the shoe causes it to spring out. Calks which
-have worn down are seized by a pair of sharp nippers and loosened by
-blows upon the shoe. Since a calk which is firm soon rusts and is then
-very difficult to remove, it is recommended that all calks be removed
-every night.
-
-The =advantages= of peg-calks over screw-calks are: 1. They do not
-break off. 2. They are easier to make and simpler to use. 3. They are
-=cheaper=.
-
-=Disadvantages.=—1. Peg-calks are sometimes lost, even when properly
-made and most carefully introduced. This evil happens much less
-frequently when the calks are put in by the maker (horseshoer) than
-when they are stuck in by the coachman, attendant, rider, or other
-person. When calks are lost on the way from the shop, it is usually due
-to some fault in the calk-holes or in the calks, although when the feet
-are balled with snow the calks are easily lost, because they do not
-then touch the ground.
-
-2. The removal of the calks often involves many difficulties, since
-they are apt to rust into place if not removed daily, and when worn
-down so far that they cannot be grasped with the pincers are almost
-impossible to remove. By hammering upon the calks and shoe many horses
-are rendered not only restive, but sensitive in the feet.
-
-3. If horses are used without the calks, a wire edge forms around the
-hole on the bottom of the shoe, which interferes with the placing of
-the calk and lessens its security.
-
-The =hollow peg-calk= (Fig. 168), made by Branscheid & Philippi, of
-Remscheid, has considerable merit. It holds exceedingly well, and is
-very durable. It is furnished in three sizes,—Nos. 12, 13, and 14,—of
-twenty-seven, thirty-one, and thirty-four millimetres length, and
-twelve, thirteen, and fourteen millimetres diameter at the end of the
-tap.
-
-A punch is furnished which, when driven up to its head in the holes of
-the heated shoe, insures a proper width and shape of the hole and an
-accurately fitting calk.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 168. Hollow-spring peg-calk, No. 12.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 169. Peg-puller.]
-
-The calks may be removed by an extractor (Fig. 169) having at one end
-a thread which is screwed into a corresponding thread on the inside
-of the hollow calk, when by a few hammer blows on the shoe the calk
-loosens. To prevent the calk becoming choked with dirt, a piece of cork
-is thrust into the hollow. It may be easily removed by means of the
-corkscrew at the other end of the extractor.
-
-5. =Shoeing with Peg Toe-Calks.=—These are an invention of considerable
-worth, especially for heavy draft in hilly country. They render better
-service on hind than on front shoes.
-
-Peg toe-calks with a single tap are simpler and preferable to those
-with two taps. Every known contrivance to prevent the occasional loss
-of the peg toe-calk is impractical.
-
-The shoe for a peg toe-calk should be of good tough material and
-without a flaw. The toe of the shoe should be about one-twelfth to
-one-tenth of an inch thicker than the branches.
-
-The hole for the peg toe-calk, whatsoever its shape may be, must be
-smooth and uniform, with clean, true corners. Semi-circular holes
-should present the convex side towards the toe.
-
-Before punching, draw up the toe-clip. A punch-plate with a good-sized
-hole, and a tap which will fit into the square hole in the anvil will
-facilitate the work. The punch-plate when in position should be flush
-with the front edge of the anvil. Place the toe of the shoe, hoof
-surface upward, over the hole of the punch-plate, and drive a hole with
-a punch-hammer which is perceptibly thinner than the model punch. Now
-turn the shoe over, punch back from the ground-surface, and then file
-away the wire edge which the punch has raised on the ground-surface.
-Next, take a hand-punch, the end of which should just enter the hole,
-punch through from the ground-surface, and correct any bulging by
-dressing lightly over the horn of the anvil. Finally, use the model
-punch to give the hole the exact size and smoothness.
-
-Should the hole in the toe of the shoe enlarge in time, as sometimes
-occurs, then back-set when necessary on removing the shoe. Backsetting
-is easiest with the half-round hole, because the curved side, being
-turned forward, runs approximately parallel to the outer border of the
-toe of the shoe.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 170. Cross-section of different forms of peg
-toe-calk taps.]
-
-A good serviceable peg toe-calk must possess the following
-characteristics:
-
- 1. The tap must be of such shape as not to turn;
- therefore, not round.
-
- 2. The tap must be cone-shaped, and diminish in
- diameter about one-thirty-second of an inch for each
- one-fourth of an inch of its length from base to
- apex. If the tap has less taper it will enlarge the
- hole in the shoe till the head of the calk comes into
- contact with the shoe, when the calk will loosen and
- drop out.
-
- 3. The tap must be full-formed and smooth.
-
- 4. It must fit air-tight in the toe, and a single
- hammer-blow should be sufficient to fix it securely.
-
- 5. The =head= of the toe-calk =must not rest
- on the shoe=; a space of one-sixteenth of an inch
- should intervene.
-
-While a shoer of average mechanical ability can make a faultless peg
-toe-calk, it is not profitable to do so while good machine-made calks
-are to be had very cheap.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 171. Chisel toe-calk. (Doring.) No. 1 from the firm
-of Branscheid & Philippi, of Remscheid.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 172. Shovel toe-calk.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 173. Peg toe-calk shoeing after Fisher-Renker, of
-Dresden.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 174. Peg-calk (shovel-calk) after
-Kunze-Klotzsche-Königswald, of Dresden.]
-
-The best forms in use are the quadrangular heads, with oval, half-round
-(Figs. 171 and 172), and with two taps (Figs. 173 and 174).
-
-In several European countries the peg toe-calks with half-round tap and
-with two round taps are in use. To make good peg toe-calk shoes and fit
-the calks properly requires =more than ordinary knowledge and skill=.
-Poor work does much harm. Therefore, work carefully and get well paid
-for it.
-
-6. =Removable Heel-Calks that do not Require Sharpening.=—The
-undeniable fact that all chisel-shaped or pyramid-shaped sharp calks
-become dull in time, and must then either be sharpened or replaced
-by new calks, renders shoeing not only costly, but injurious to the
-hoofs and annoying to the owner. This drawback is most pronounced in
-large cities, where the snow never lies long upon the streets, and the
-horse just sharp-shod is soon obliged to travel upon bare pavements.
-Attempts have been made to lessen this annoyance by the use of calks
-that do _not require sharpening_, and yet which will prevent slipping
-even after they have been used for a long time upon bare pavements.
-It cannot be denied that such calks have considerable value, and,
-except when the ground is covered with ice, many of these calks render
-excellent service. Just as the ordinary sharp calks are satisfactory
-and very durable outside of the large cities, so now for the first
-time a few of these recently invented sharp calks seem to be worthy of
-recommendation for city use. The following are the best:
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 175. Screw-calk with H-formed cross-section.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 176. Screw-calk with +-formed cross-section.]
-
- 1. Screw-calks and peg-calks with H-shaped
- cross-section (Fig. 175).
-
- 2. Screw-calks with +-shaped cross-section (Fig. 176).
-
- 3. Screw- and peg-calks with O-shaped cross-section (Fig. 176).
-
- 4. Screw- and peg-calks with S-shaped cross-section.
-
- 5. Angle-calks (Fig. 177).
-
- 6. Screw- and peg-calks with rubber foot-pad.
-
- 7. Screw-calks with Y star-shaped cross-section (Fig. 178).
-
- 8. Hollow wedge-calks (Fig. 179).
-
- 9. Perforated screw-calks (Fig. 180).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 177. Corner calk.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 178. Star calk.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 179. Hollow calk.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 180. Perforated calk.]
-
-There is no doubt that the grip that these calks take upon the ground
-and their durability depend upon the diameter and the arrangement of
-their surfaces of friction. From all experiments made thus far it is
-shown that those calks which have narrow and comparatively few surfaces
-of friction are the least durable.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 181. Universal screw-calk key with tap.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 182. Felber’s hand-vise to secure the hoof from
-twisting while changing the screw-calks.]
-
-To introduce and remove the calks we use a calk key or wrench. For the
-shop, the ordinary fork key (Fig. 181), the jaws of which are tempered,
-is recommended. It fits all calks.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-HOOF NURTURE.
-
-
-Hoof nurture comprises all those measures which are employed to keep
-hoofs healthy, elastic, and serviceable.
-
-
-A. Care of Unshod Hoofs.
-
-The care of the hoofs of colts is of special importance. _Abundant
-exercise_ upon dry ground which is not too stony is most beneficial.
-Such exercise will cause the hoofs to wear gradually, and it will only
-be necessary from time to time to observe whether the wear is taking
-place uniformly, and if not, to correct the uneven wear with the rasp.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 183.
-
-Twisted left front long pastern of colt, viewed from the upper
-articular surface. The lower end has been twisted toward the left: _a_,
-transverse axis of lower articular surface; _b_, transverse axis of the
-upper articular surface.]
-
-If colts are reared in the stable, the horn continuing to grow down
-does not undergo sufficient wear, and changes in form of the hoof,
-and even permanent distortions of the bones of the foot gradually
-occur. The wall becomes too long and bends or sometimes separates from
-the sole and keraphyllous layer. Weak quarters bend (curl) inward
-and encroach upon the space occupied by the frog (contracted feet of
-colts). The toe becomes too long, and this gives rise to too steep a
-position of the pastern and causes an insecure and diffident gait;
-therefore the hoofs must be shortened from time to time. The in-curved
-quarters should be removed with the hoof-knife, and the outer edge
-of the plantar border of the wall well rounded with the rasp. In the
-base-wide and base-narrow standing positions the outer and inner walls
-respectively become relatively long and induce the colt to assume a
-still more abnormal position. The young and pliant pasterns may thus
-become permanently twisted and distorted (see Figs. 183 and 184). In a
-hoof that is becoming awry, restoring to the wall its proper level with
-relation to the position of the limb will not only be invaluable in
-ultimately producing a good hoof, but will improve the faulty position
-of the limb. In exceptional cases, where the plantar border of some
-section of the wall gives evidence of too rapid wear, the application
-of a tip or of a half-shoe may be of benefit. Furthermore, we should
-attempt to secure greater cleanliness by frequently and thoroughly
-washing the hoofs and bedding with plenty of good straw.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 184.
-
-Left front long pastern of a colt showing compression shortening of
-outer half: _a_, transverse axis of upper articulation; _b_, transverse
-axis of coronary joint, not parallel to upper axis.]
-
-Too early shoeing of young horses is very injurious; it hinders the
-development of the hoofs, and, furthermore, young horses when shod are
-frequently seriously overworked and prematurely ruined. Moderate work
-in the fields does not injure young horses, but for such service they
-do not require shoes.
-
-The unshod hoofs of older horses should be periodically rounded with a
-rasp and the length of the walls regulated when, by reason of a lack of
-exercise, proper wear has not taken place.
-
-
-B. Care of Shod Hoofs.
-
-Shod hoofs are exposed to many more injuries than are unshod hoofs,
-because shoeing itself, although absolutely necessary to render horses
-continuously serviceable upon hard streets, is injurious to the hoof,
-since it to a greater or less extent prevents the physiological
-movements of the different parts of the foot, interferes with the
-circulation of the blood in the foot, slows the growth of the horn, and
-brings about a gradual shrinking of the entire hoof.
-
-In addition, there are the injurious consequences of stabulation. These
-are _prevention of free movement_, _uncleanliness_ due to bad floors
-and filthy bedding,—as, for example, peat moss and soiled straw,—and
-_dryness_.
-
-Continuous standing always contributes to contraction of the hoofs,
-and this evil is greatly favored by dryness, which more particularly
-affects the front hoofs. The hind hoofs receive sufficient moisture
-from the animal’s manure. Poor floors, particularly those that are
-uneven, tire the limbs. Accumulation of manure and the _careless_ use
-of stationary sole-pads induce thrush of the frog.
-
-The object of hoof nurture is to lessen or entirely remove all these
-injurious consequences of shoeing and stabulation. It comprises,
-therefore, not only the proper shortening of the hoofs every five to
-six weeks, but careful attention to _cleanliness and moisture_. Both
-are insured by dry straw and daily picking out and washing the hoofs.
-Such measures will prevent thrush in the hind feet. If front hoofs
-are washed once a day, sufficient moisture will penetrate the horn to
-give it that degree of suppleness (elasticity) which is possessed by
-an unshod hoof, and which contributes to a proper expansion of the
-hoof when the body-weight is placed upon it. _In order to prevent a
-hoof from again drying out_, the entire hoof should receive a thorough
-application of an oil or ointment (hoof-salve). _The object of greasing
-the horn is to prevent evaporation of the moisture that has penetrated
-the horn._ Specially compounded hoof-salves are not necessary. Melted
-horse-grease, pork-fat, or any other fat that is not rancid is
-sufficient. Cosmoline is an excellent hoof-salve.
-
-_Abundant_ but not excessive _exercise_ is more necessary than
-anything else to the preservation of the health of the hoof. It aids
-the circulation of blood within the foot, and, therefore, the growth
-of the horn. Horses which perform hard, regular work have, as a rule,
-better hoofs than those which stand the greater part of the time in the
-stable. Poulticing hoofs with clay, bran, linseed-meal, or white-rock,
-or standing them in water is unnecessary if they have had proper care,
-but will sometimes be of benefit when the hoofs have been neglected,
-and especially so for front hoofs. The latter are more exposed to
-drying influences, and the shoes prevent the moistening process by
-keeping the hoofs partially or completely removed from contact with the
-earth. _Oiling alone is not sufficient to soften horn_, but must always
-be preceded by permeation of the horn with water. =Oiling without first
-cleansing the hoof is useless, because this soon produces a greasy
-crust underneath which the horn is crisp and brittle.=
-
-The surest sign of cleanliness of a hoof is the appearance of the
-natural color of the horn, the latter appearing translucent even after
-the hoof-ointment has been applied; therefore, blackened hoof-ointments
-should not be used. When hoofs are exposed to too much moisture (muddy
-roads, melting snow, etc.) an addition of wax or common yellow rosin to
-the hoof-ointment is recommended to prevent too great softening of the
-horn. _No hoof-ointment has any direct influence upon the growth of the
-horn._
-
-Inasmuch as it is a fact that the very best shoeing injures the hoof,
-it is advisable to allow horses to go barefoot whenever it is possible.
-This applies especially to horses that from any cause are thrown out
-of service, presupposing, of course, that the nature of the hoofs will
-allow them to go barefoot.
-
-
-
-
-PART III.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-GENERAL REMARKS CONCERNING THE SHOEING OF DEFECTIVE HOOFS AND LAME
-HORSES.
-
-
-The boundary between health and disease of the hoof is difficult to
-determine, especially when we have to deal with minor defects of
-structure or shape of the hoof. Ordinarily, we first consider a hoof
-diseased when it causes lameness. However, we know that diseases of the
-hoof may exist without lameness. Therefore, a hoof should be regarded
-as diseased or defective when the nature of the horn, the form of the
-hoof, or the parts enclosed by it, deviate from what we consider as
-normal or healthy (see page 81), whether the service of the animal is
-influenced by it or not.
-
-Front hoofs become diseased or defective more readily than hind
-hoofs, because they bear greater weight, have more slanting walls,
-and are more exposed to drying influences. =All normally wry hoofs
-and acute-angled hoofs become more readily diseased than regular and
-upright (stumpy) hoofs.=
-
-The _indications_ of the various diseases of the hoof are discussed
-in the following chapters. We shall in this chapter undertake only
-a brief general discussion of _inflammation of the pododerm_. This
-inflammation, known as =pododermatitis=, always manifests itself by
-_lameness_ and, under closer examination of the foot, by _increased
-warmth_, _pain_, and _stronger pulsation of the digital_ and _plantar
-arteries_. The pain produces either a _timid, shortened_ (sore) _gait_,
-or well-marked _lameness_, especially upon _hard_ ground. Increased
-sensitiveness of the pododerm is detected by compression of the hoof
-with the pincers (hoof-testers), or with greater certainty by lightly
-tapping the hoof. The increased warmth of a part or of the entire
-hoof is detected by feeling with the hand. Intense pain and greatly
-increased warmth, with a moderate, diffuse swelling of the soft parts
-between the hoof and fetlock-joint, indicate suppuration within the
-hoof.
-
-_The examination_ of horses lame in the feet must always be cautious
-and searching, and should begin with the moving and judging of the
-horse as already described on page 90. The faults detected in the hoof
-or in the shoeing, the pain and increased warmth of the hoof, will not
-leave us in doubt as to whether the animal is lame in the hoof or not.
-However, should there be a doubt, we must carefully examine all the
-joints and tendons of the foot and, if necessary, of the limb above,
-and observe the animal’s manner of travelling at a walk and at a trot,
-on soft and on hard ground, in a straight line and in a circle.
-
-The =removal of the shoe= should be performed with =greatest caution=.
-Under certain conditions the second shoe should not be removed until
-the first has been replaced. The same caution must be observed in
-paring the hoof, which is to be regarded as a part of the examination
-of the hoof. The paring of a hoof for this purpose often differs
-somewhat from the preparation of a sound hoof for the shoe, and while
-it is necessary because it frequently furnishes the first trustworthy
-indication of the trouble, it must be done with circumspection and
-intelligence.
-
-The _causes_ of diseases of the hoof are very numerous, for many
-external influences act injuriously upon the hoof. In addition to
-too great dryness, want of care (neglected shoeing), and premature,
-unreasonable, cruel use of the horse, should be mentioned particularly
-_injudicious dressing of the hoof and direct and indirect faults in
-the shoeing_. The pododerm, shut in between the hard os pedis and the
-stiff, unyielding horn capsule, is frequently exposed to bruising
-and other injuries, from which arise most of the defects of the hoof
-itself. All these things lead, under certain conditions, to lameness.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 185. Bar-shoe for right foot.]
-
-_Treatment._—First of all, the discovered causes should be removed,
-or, if this is not possible, as is frequently the case, they should be
-ameliorated. Very often the lameness may be removed by proper shoeing,
-a change in the animal’s work, and better care of the hoof. When there
-is intense inflammation within the foot, the shoe should be removed
-for a few days. When the inflammation is moderate and confined to a
-small area, it is usually sufficient to alter the shoeing by regulating
-unnatural relations of height in the different parts of the wall, and
-by removing all superfluous horn from the wall and sole (to a less
-degree from the frog), partly for the purpose of rendering the horn
-capsule more yielding, and partly to make the poultices which are used
-more effective. The shoe is then to be so applied that the diseased
-region will be _relieved of the body-weight_, and will remain free
-from all pressure from the shoe. This can be done partly by making
-the underlying branch of the shoe somewhat wider and longer than the
-other, and partly by cutting down the bearing-edge of the wall where
-this is possible without weakening it too much, otherwise by concaving
-or beating down the upper surface of the shoe. By reason of the fact
-that the posterior half of the hoof is the seat of most diseases of
-the hoof, it is to be recommended that the nail-holes in shoes used
-in these diseases be placed as far as possible in the anterior half
-of the shoe, and in some special cases distributed evenly around the
-toe. Among shoes suitable for diseased hoofs the bar-shoe (Fig. 185)
-holds the first place, because it renders superfluous many other shoes
-specially designed for various diseases of the hoof. It is made like
-an ordinary flat shoe, except that it requires a somewhat longer piece
-of iron; the ends of the branches are bent inward over a dull corner
-of the anvil, bevelled, laid one over the other, and welded together
-to form the bar. The width and thickness of the bar should be the same
-as of the rest of the shoe, and its frog-surface should be slightly
-concave.
-
-The _bar-shoe is valuable, because_ it protects from pressure diseased
-sections of the wall which have been laid free, allows part of the
-body-weight to be borne by the frog, and restores normal activity to
-the disturbed physiological movements of the foot. By using it we can
-either gain a more extensive bearing-surface for the hoof, or can make
-it easier for the surface that bears the weight to do the work. If on
-account of _weakness_ of the bearing-surface of the hoof, or from any
-other cause, we wish to distribute the body-weight over the entire
-plantar surface of the foot with the exception of the painful region,
-we add a _leather sole_ to the bar-shoe.
-
-In this case it is necessary to place holes in the ends of the branches
-of the shoe, so that we may rivet the leather firmly to the shoe with
-small nails. The shoe should be made somewhat wider than the hoof,
-and the clips somewhat higher than usual. After fitting the shoe the
-grooves for the clips are cut in the leather, the latter is riveted
-to the shoe, and all leather projecting beyond the outer edge of the
-shoe is trimmed away. The lacunæ of the frog and other concavities of
-the sole are then thickly smeared with wood-tar and afterwards filled
-up with oakum to such a degree that the packing will bear some of
-the body-weight when the shoe and leather sole are in position. This
-packing is of great importance, because it prevents the filtering in
-from behind of sand and slime, preserves the toughness and pliability
-of the horn, breaks shock, and produces a gradual expansion of the
-posterior half of the hoof. Before nailing the shoe to the foot the
-leather sole should be soaked in water.
-
-
-Classification of Diseases of the Hoof.
-
-
-INFLAMMATIONS OF THE PODODERM.
-
-1, Nailing (pricking and close-nailing); 2, street-nail; 3,
-calk-wounds; 4, corns (bruised sole); 5, bruised heels; 6, laminitis
-(founder); 7, keraphyllocele (tumor of horny leaves).
-
-
-DEFECTS OF THE HORN CAPSULE AND LATERAL CARTILAGES.
-
-(_a_) Changes of form: 1, flat hoof and full hoof (dropped sole); 2,
-upright hoof (stumpy or stubby hoof); 3, contracted hoof; 4, wry hoof;
-5, crooked hoof; 6, ossification of the lateral cartilage (side-bone).
-
-(_b_) Disturbances of continuity of the horn capsule: 1, cracks; 2,
-clefts; 3, loose wall; 4, hollow wall; 5, thrush.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-INFLAMMATIONS OF THE PODODERM (PODODERMATITIS).
-
-
-1. Nailing.
-
-Wounds of the velvety tissue of the sole or of the podophyllous tissue
-of the wall, caused by nails which have been driven into the hoof for
-the purpose of fastening the shoe, are usually termed “nailing.”
-
-We distinguish _direct_ and _indirect_ nailing; the former is noticed
-_immediately_, the latter _later_.
-
-In =direct= nailing the nail passes directly into the pododerm (velvety
-tissue of the sole, podophyllous tissue); the wound produced may vary
-from a simple puncture of the pododerm to chipping of the border of the
-os pedis, and is =always accompanied by bleeding=, even though it may
-not always be noticed.
-
-In =indirect= nailing the nail does not pass entirely through the horn
-capsule, but very close to the sensitive tissues, and crowds the soft
-horn inward against them. This inward bulging presses upon the pododerm
-and causes inflammation and lameness, which may not manifest themselves
-for several days.
-
-_Symptoms._—The first symptom of direct nailing is =instant pain=
-indicated by flinching or a jerking of the limb, showing that the nail
-has taken a wrong course, and then a more or less profuse hemorrhage.
-Usually the blood flows from the nail-hole, or the nail when withdrawn
-may merely show a bloodstain at its point; however, internal bleeding
-may occur without any external manifestations. The symptoms of indirect
-nailing are entirely different. In this case _pain does not arise
-immediately_, but later, sometimes as soon as the horse attempts to
-bear his weight upon the shod foot. In the latter case, on holding up
-the opposite foot the animal sways backward and throws his weight
-upon the holder, or becomes restless. As a rule, the consequences
-of indirect nailing are first manifested after two or three days,
-infrequently from the eighth to the fourteenth day, as inflammation
-within the hoof and lameness, at which time a careful examination
-will usually reveal increased warmth of the hoof, pain upon pressure
-with the hoof-testers and on tapping the hoof lightly, some swelling
-of the entire foot, increased pulsation of the digital arteries, and
-unwillingness of the animal to place all or perhaps any of its weight
-upon the foot.
-
-_Suspicion of nailing_ should be entertained if the shoeing be recent,
-the hoof appear too small in relation to the body-weight, the walls
-have been thinned by rasping or have been broken away, or if the nails
-have been driven too high or very irregularly.
-
-_Causes._—The most common causes are mistakes in shoeing. In the
-majority of cases the cause is a disregard of the rule that the =nails
-should penetrate the white line= (see pages 118, 119 and 130, heavy
-type). 1, using badly-punched shoes; 2, excessive paring and shortening
-of the hoof; 3, weakening of the lower border of the wall by excessive
-rasping away of the outside (Fig. 187, _c_); 4, mistakes in fitting
-the shoe, especially applying shoes that are too narrow, letting the
-toe-clips too deep into the horn, by which the nail-holes near the toe,
-instead of falling upon the white line, are carried back upon the edge
-of the sole, or using shoes in which the nail-holes are too wide or
-improperly directed; 5, using nails that are split, incomplete, badly
-formed and bevelled, and too large; 6, starting nails too deep or with
-the bevel on the outside, or drawing them too tight. As occasional
-causes may be mentioned: 7, old nail-stubs in the horn; 8, walls
-that are very thin or broken away; 9, a soft, crumbling wall, which
-alters the sound and feeling of the nail as it is driven, and makes it
-difficult to judge of its course; 10, restlessness of the animal while
-being shod.
-
-_Examination._—Press with the hoof-testers upon the sole and clinches;
-tap lightly upon the clinches. If these acts cause pain, there can be
-little doubt that the nail is responsible for the damage. Remove the
-shoe by drawing each nail separately and carefully. Examine the nails
-with reference to their direction and size, as well as to staining
-with blood, blood-serum, or pus. Immediately after removing the shoe,
-look for the point of entrance of each nail into the hoof, and if a
-nail-hole be found upon the edge of the sole (Fig. 187, _b_) instead
-of in the white line, it is highly probable that the nail which passed
-in at that place pressed upon the sensitive tissues of the foot. Every
-nail-hole should then be searched by passing a clean new nail into it
-and pressing its point towards the soft tissues at various depths; any
-indication of pain caused by this act is pretty sure proof of nailing.
-It stands to reason that the character of the nail-holes in the shoe
-should be closely examined.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 186.
-
-Cross-section of a shod hoof, the hoof-skin or pododerm being in red:
-_a_, indirect nailing where backsetting has been overdone and has bent
-the nail; _b_, nail properly placed and of correct shape.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 187.
-
-Front hoof deficient in horn: _a_, right position of the nail-holes in
-the white line; _b_, faulty position inside of the white line; _c_,
-wall weakened by excessive rasping.]
-
-_Treatment._—When the foot has sustained an ordinary simple prick with
-a nail, the latter should be left out and the hole well filled with
-wax. As a rule, no serious results follow. In severe direct nailing
-the entire shoeing should be most carefully examined, and only after
-everything is found to be right, and the shoe fits in such a manner
-that the nails can only penetrate the wall from the white line, can it
-be regarded as correct. The offending nail-hole is then to be closed
-with wax. According to the intensity of the wound we may expect a more
-or less pronounced inflammation of the pododerm, and this is to be
-combated by resting the animal and cooling the foot.
-
-If the wound is clean and recent, enlarging the opening in the horn by
-cutting and boring can have no reasonable object; the wound by such an
-act will not be made smaller, but larger.
-
-Frequently, however, the wound is not observed or suspected until the
-pain has become very intense (indirect nailing, nail-pressure); in
-such cases the offending nail when withdrawn is apt to be covered with
-pus or a dark, thin, ill-smelling liquid. In such a case the liquid,
-whatever its nature may be, must be given free escape. In order to
-accomplish this it is entirely sufficient to cut away a section of
-the wall from the nail-hole outward, not greater than the width of
-the little finger, and then to assist in the discharge of the pus
-by placing the foot in a warm bath; it is entirely wrong, in fact,
-reprehensible, to remove all horn of the wall and sole which has been
-loosened from the soft parts by the suppurative process. After the
-escape of the inflammatory fluids, the wall and sole will form the
-best-fitting and most suitable protective dressing for the diseased
-region until it has secreted new horn. If, after removal of the nail
-and pus, the pain does not diminish, warm disinfecting baths of one to
-two parts of creolin, or the same amount of lysol, to one hundred parts
-of water at a temperature of about 90° F. will be of especial benefit;
-they will not only soften the horn, but by their moisture and warmth
-will directly diminish the pain and have a healing influence upon the
-suppurating surfaces. The warm baths must actually _be warm and be kept
-warm_. Antiseptic solutions at room temperature are much less efficient.
-
-If the pain has not been very pronounced, or if it has been greatly
-alleviated by two or three warm baths, then, as a rule, it is
-sufficient to put a few drops of creolin upon the inflamed surface, and
-to close the opening with oakum (carbolized oakum or carbolized cotton
-is better).
-
-The horse which has been nailed will be again perfectly serviceable
-after a few days if shod with a shoe which does =not press= upon the
-inflamed region. _The shoe does not press when it rests only upon the
-bearing-edge of the wall, when the white line and the edge of the sole
-are entirely free of the shoe, and no nails are driven in the immediate
-vicinity of the wound._
-
- Even though, as we have seen, nailing in the great
- majority of cases is not particularly serious to
- the horse and owner, yet we should never forget
- that tetanus (lockjaw), a disease which is nearly
- always fatal to horses, may follow. Nailing, however
- insignificant it may seem, may under conditions lead
- to the death of the horse.
-
-
-2. Street-Nail.
-
-The _condition_ caused by accidental injury of the sensitive structures
-covered by the horny sole, such as the velvety tissue of the sole and
-frog, plantar cushion, perforans tendon, navicular bone, os pedis, or
-the pedal articulation, by sharp objects, especially nails, is called
-“penetrating street-nail,” or simply “street-nail.” The resistance of
-the ground to the weight of the body drives these penetrating objects
-through the sole or frog into the foot.
-
-Hind hoofs are more often affected than fore-hoofs. A favorite point of
-entrance is the lateral lacuna of the frog. Street-nail is favored by
-excessive thinning of the sole and frog.
-
-_Symptoms._—The symptoms are, as a rule, sudden pain followed by
-lameness. The first assistance is usually sought in the shoeing shop.
-If the cause of lameness be found to be a penetrating nail, piece of
-glass, or other pointed foreign body, it must be _carefully drawn out_,
-in doing which we should remove the _entire object_, not allowing
-pieces to break off and remain in the wound. Since it is always
-important to know in what direction and how deep the foreign body has
-penetrated, in order to be able to estimate the gravity of the wound,
-it is advisable in all cases to preserve the penetrating body, that it
-may be shown to the veterinarian, in case his services are required.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 188. Shod hind foot, with splint dressing.]
-
-In slight injuries to the velvety tissue of the sole or frog,
-accompanied with moderate pain, it is of no benefit to enlarge the
-opening, though the horn of the sole or frog should be thinned for
-the space of an inch or more around the wound, followed by cooling
-applications. Deep, penetrating wounds accompanied with intense pain
-require the attention of a veterinarian.
-
-Often some form of dressing is necessary, and this is usually held in
-place by a special shoe. For slight injuries, such _splint-dressings_
-as are shown in Figs. 188 and 189 are sufficient. Whether such a
-dressing be applied to the front or hind feet, the shoe should be _well
-concaved_ upon the hoof-surface. The dressing is held in place by thin
-splints of tough wood, which are firmly wedged between the shoe and
-hoof.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 189. A practical “splint shoe” for hospital use.]
-
-In those rare cases in which it is necessary to maintain continuous
-pressure upon the seat of the wound, and to protect the entire
-plantar surface of the hoof, a _covered shoe_ (Figs. 190 and 191) is
-recommended. This shoe is provided with a sheet-iron cover, having at
-the toe a spur which fits into a corresponding hole in the toe of the
-shoe, and fastened at the heels by means of screw heel-calks.
-
-
-3. Calk-Wounds of the Coronet.
-
-All tread-wounds of the coronet, caused by the calks of the opposite
-shoe, by the shoes of other horses, or by forging, are known as calk
-wounds, or simply as “calking.” The injury itself is either a bruise
-or a bruised wound, followed by inflammation of the coronary cushion
-and an interruption in the formation of horn at that point. It occurs
-most often in winter from sharp calks, especially on the hind feet. The
-common seat of the injury is the coronet of the toe and inner side of
-the foot.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 190.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 191.
-
-Shoe with cover-plate for street-nail treatment; suitable where
-pressure-dressing is desired: _a_, hole in the bottom of the toe-calk
-for reception of spur, _b_, of cover-plate; _c_, holes for reception of
-screw-calks, _d_, which fasten the cover-plate to the shoe.]
-
-The inflammation terminates either in resolution—that is, passes
-gradually away, leaving the tissues apparently normal—or in
-suppuration. The perioplic horn-band, which is usually loosened from
-the perioplic band by the injury, does not again unite. For this
-reason, and because of the interruption in the formation of horn at the
-seat of injury, there results a transverse depression or cleft in the
-wall.
-
-The shoeing has to deal only with the lameness that may be present as
-a result of the calking. The section of the wall containing the lesion
-should be shortened, so that it will not press upon the shoe. Serious
-calk-wounds, as a rule, require treatment by a veterinarian.
-
-
-4. Corns (Bruised Sole).
-
-The expression “corns” is applied to nearly all bruises of the pododerm
-of the posterior half of the foot, with the exception of the frog,
-which are apparent to the eye as yellowish, reddish, or bluish-red
-discolorations of the horn of the sole and white line.
-
-The surface of the pododerm (fleshy leaves and villi) is chiefly
-involved, and almost without exception there is rupture of small
-blood-vessels and an outpouring of blood between the pododerm
-and the horn. The blood penetrates the horn-tubes and causes the
-above-mentioned staining. By subsequent growth of horn these stained
-patches are carried downward, and are finally uncovered and brought to
-sight in paring the hoof.
-
-The seat of corns is either on the fleshy leaves of the quarters, or on
-the velvety tissue of the sole in the angle between the wall and the
-bar, or on the fleshy leaves of the bars. Thus we distinguish _corns of
-the wall, sole, and bars_.
-
-Corns affect chiefly the front hoofs, and more often the inner half
-than the outer. Unshod feet are seldom affected.
-
-According to the intensity of the lesions we distinguish:
-
-1. _Dry Corns._—The red-stained horn is dry, and there is seldom
-lameness.
-
-2. _Suppurating Corns._—They are the result of intense bruising
-followed by inflammation. The pus is either thin and dark grayish
-in color, denoting a superficial inflammation of the pododerm, or
-yellowish and thick, denoting a deep inflammation of the pododerm. In
-the latter case a veterinarian should be called. Lameness is usually
-pronounced.
-
-3. _Chronic Corns._—In this case there is vivid discoloration of horn
-in all possible hues. The horn is either soft, moist, and lardy, or
-crumbling, cracked, and at times bloody. The inner surface of the
-horn capsule has lost its normal character, and is covered with horny
-swellings or nodules (Fig. 192, _a_). Sometimes the wing of the os
-pedis on that side has become morbidly enlarged and loosened. A short,
-cautious gait alternates with well-marked lameness; the latter appears
-whenever the shoe presses too firmly on the corn, or when the hoof
-becomes too dry.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 192.
-
-Inner aspect of a quarter of a hoof, showing changes in the horn-leaves
-due to chronic corns: _a_, horny tumor resulting from the disease.]
-
-_The causes_, aside from the form and quality of the hoofs and the
-position of the limbs, lie in injudicious dressing of the hoof and
-in faulty shoes. Too much trimming of wide and flat hoofs, excessive
-weakening of the quarters, sole, bars, and frog of all other hoofs,
-while the toe is usually left too long, are the usual causes.
-Shortening one quarter too much in relation to the other, so that the
-foot is unbalanced and the lower side overloaded, is a frequent cause.
-Hollowing the sole and bars excessively and unnecessary thinning of the
-branches of the sole in the search for corns are also causes.
-
-Among faulty shoes we may mention those not level on the hoof-surface,
-trough-shaped, too short in the branches, shoes which do not completely
-cover the bearing-surface of the hoof, or whose bearing-surface at
-the ends of the branches is directed downward and inward so that the
-quarters are squeezed together when the weight is put on the foot.
-Insufficient concaving of the shoe is often an exciting cause of corns
-in flat feet and in those with dropped soles. A well-formed shoe
-which does not rest firmly upon the hoof, or which has been shifted
-as a result of careless nailing, may as readily cause bruising of the
-quarters as neglected shoeing. The latter causes, as a rule, corns of
-the sole. It is very rarely that corns are caused by stones fastened
-between the frog and branches of the shoe or in unshod hoofs by pebbles
-becoming wedged in the white line.
-
-_Dryness_ is particularly injurious to the hoofs, and is in the highest
-degree favorable to the production of corns. It renders the hoof stiff
-and inelastic, and first manifests itself by a short, cautious (sore)
-gait when the horse is first put to work.
-
-_Treatment._—First, removal of the causes, by restoring the proper form
-to the hoof through shortening a toe which is too long (especially apt
-to be the case in acute-angled hoofs), cutting down quarters which are
-too high, and carefully removing all dead horn from the branches of the
-sole, especially in acute-angled hoofs.
-
-Deeply digging out a small area of blood-stained horn is injurious.
-It is much better to thin the horn of the entire branch of the sole
-uniformly, in doing which we should avoid wounding the velvety tissue
-of the sole or drawing blood.
-
-The proper shoe is the =bar-shoe=, except when both cartilages are
-ossified. The pressure should not be taken from the quarters unless
-they are sore.
-
-When there is a _suppurating corn_, the shoe should be left off several
-days. A _chronic corn_ should be protected continuously from pressure
-by the shoe. This is accomplished by using a bar-shoe with leather
-sole. _A three-quarter shoe is not sufficient to properly protect a
-hoof affected with a chronic corn, if the animal must perform exacting
-labor on hard roads._
-
-The care of the hoof consists in keeping it cool, moderately moist, and
-pliant.
-
-
-5. Inflammation of the Heels.
-
-Inflammation of the bulbs of the plantar cushion (heels) is usually
-caused by such external influences as bruising. It occurs in both shod
-and unshod feet. The symptoms are: increased warmth, pain and swelling,
-sometimes infiltration of the tissues with blood, accompanied by a
-short, cautious gait, or, if only one foot is affected, by well-marked
-lameness.
-
-The _most frequent causes_ are: going barefoot upon hard (frozen),
-uneven ground; shoeing hoofs having low heels with flat shoes that are
-too short; sometimes too much frog pressure by the bar of a bar-shoe;
-forging and grabbing.
-
-The treatment first indicated is a cooling application in the form of
-an ice-poultice, or a soaking in cold water. Later, astringent (drying)
-applications are of benefit, especially if the perioplic horn-ring
-has partially loosened from the bulbs of the heels; for example, a
-weak solution in water of sulphate of copper (1 to 20), followed by
-the application of a shoe with heel-calks, which is quite long in the
-branches and _which must not press upon the wall of the quarters_.
-
-
-6. Laminitis (Founder).
-
-By this name we designate a peculiar inflammation of the pododerm at
-the toe. It arises suddenly in well-nourished and apparently healthy
-horses, following excessive work or long-continued rest in the stable,
-and frequently leads to a decided change of form of the hoof.
-
-The disease is always accompanied with intense pain. It most often
-affects both front feet, more rarely all four feet, or only one foot.
-In the first case the two front feet are planted far in advance of
-the body, and the hind feet well forward under the belly. When all
-four feet are affected, travelling is exceedingly difficult, often
-impossible; in this case there is nearly always a high fever over the
-entire body.
-
-The seat of the disease is in the fleshy leaves about the toe, more
-rarely upon the side walls and quarters. Depending upon the intensity
-of the inflammation, the fleshy leaves are more or less loosened
-from the horny leaves, as a result of which there is a change of
-position of the os pedis, with a simultaneous sinking of the coronet
-at the toe. This produces a change of form of the hoof. The quarters
-become higher. Rings form upon the wall, and their course is quite
-characteristic of the disease. At the toe these rings are quite close
-to one another, but as they pass back towards the quarters they
-gradually separate from one another and recede from the coronary band
-(Figs. 193, 194, and 195).
-
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 193.
-
-Vertical longitudinal section of a foot altered by chronic laminitis:
-_a_, hollow wall at toe thrust forward; _b_, leafy layer much thickened
-and crumbling (“seedy-toe”); _c_, dotted line showing limit to which
-the toe may be rasped away in shoeing; _d_, dropped sole; _e_, atrophy
-of lower sharp edge of os pedis; _g_, dotted line indicating the height
-of the perioplic band; _h_, foot axis.]
-
-The wall at the toe is sunken just under the coronet; its lower part,
-on the contrary, is thrust forward. _Later, the white line becomes
-pathologically widened._ The horn of the white line is dry, crumbling,
-and easily broken down, so that a break in continuity (crack) is apt to
-occur between the wall and sole, and lead to the formation of a _hollow
-wall_ (“seedy-toe”). Where the inflammation is moderate and is not
-repeated, healing usually takes place and the horn grows down regularly
-and in normal direction from the coronet. However, a rather brittle
-condition of the horn remains permanently. If, on the contrary, the
-inflammation was very severe or repeated several times, the horny sole
-becomes flat just in front of the point of the frog as a result of the
-sinking of the os pedis, or it may even drop below the level of the
-wall (full hoof, dropped sole). Indeed, it even happens at times that
-the toe of the os pedis perforates the horny sole just in front of the
-point of the frog. The wall at the toe, which was previously but little
-altered in form, is now thrust prominently forward.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 194. Foundered foot (chronic laminitis), before
-dressing.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 195.
-
-Foundered foot, dressed and shod. The dotted lines indicate its form
-before being dressed,—_i.e._, as shown in Fig. 194.]
-
-The inflammation of the pododerm may under certain conditions and by
-skilful veterinary treatment be removed, so that the characteristic
-changes of form and quality of the hoof will not occur. But if this is
-not accomplished, as is often the case, the disease will be obstinate,
-and permanent morbid changes of the horn capsule take place.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 196.
-
-A hoof altered by chronic laminitis; shod with an open flat shoe: _a_,
-wall at the toe does not bear on the shoe; _b_, clip at the end of the
-branch to oppose the tendency of the shoe to slip forward when half
-worn out.]
-
-A horse in such a condition can be used, but the gait will be short
-and stiff. The hoofs are shuffled forward and set heels first to the
-ground, a manner of travelling that rapidly wears away the branches of
-the shoe.
-
-In dressing a foundered hoof the outer circumference of the sole is
-the guide. The thick projecting wall at the toe may be removed with
-the rasp without injuring the foot. The sole should be spared, but the
-quarters should be lowered to improve the setting of the foot to the
-ground.
-
-The choice of the shoe will depend upon the shape and nature of the
-sole. If this is still concave, an ordinary shoe may be used. If,
-however, the sole is flat or dropped, it must be protected by an open
-shoe with a broad web, or with a bar-shoe (Fig. 197), which is of
-especial value when the bearing-edge of the wall is weak or broken away.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 197.
-
-A well-covered (wide-webbed) bar-shoe, with two lateral toe-clips and
-an end-clip, for a foundered foot.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 198. An open shoe for a foundered foot with a
-dropped sole.]
-
-As long as there is pain on pressure about the toe there should be no
-toe-clip, but two side-clips. The wall between these clips should be
-lowered a tenth to an eighth of an inch to prevent pressure of the shoe
-upon the sensitive tissues of the toe (Fig. 195). The nails should be
-as small as possible and placed well back towards the quarters. No nail
-should be driven in the wall at the toe when there is separation of
-sole and wall at the toe (hollow wall, seedy-toe).
-
-The shoes of horses affected with founder often work forward as a
-result of the animals travelling upon their heels. To prevent this
-evil, clips may be raised at the ends of the branches of an open shoe,
-or one clip in the middle of the bar, in case a bar-shoe is used (Fig.
-197).
-
-
-7. Keraphyllocele (Horn Tumor).
-
-A keraphyllocele is a more or less sharply bounded horn tumor
-projecting from the inner surface of the wall.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 199.
-
-A section of wall at the toe showing a Keraphyllocele (horn-leaf
-tumor): _a_, coronary border; _b_, plantar border; _c_, body of tumor;
-_d_, base of tumor presenting funnel-shaped opening discharging pus.]
-
-Its occurrence is rare. Its favorite seat is at the toe. It rarely
-causes lameness. It can only be diagnosed with certainty when it
-extends downward to the lower border of the wall. In this case there
-may be seen a half-moon-shaped thickening of the white line which
-rounds inward upon the edge of the sole, and is of a waxen color.
-Frequently the horn at this place crumbles away, leaving a more or less
-dark-colored cavity from which there sometimes escapes a small quantity
-of dark-grayish pus.
-
-_Causes._—Chronic inflammation of the podophyllous tissue, resulting
-from compression or bruising. Keraphyllocele frequently follows a
-complete toe-crack of long duration, or a deep calk-wound at the
-coronet.
-
-_Prognosis._—Unfavorable, whether there is lameness or not. If there
-is no lameness it is very apt to arise later, and if lameness is
-already present it can only be removed by an operation, which should be
-performed by a veterinarian. A return of the lameness following hard
-work at a trot upon hard roads is always to be feared.
-
-_Shoeing._—An ordinary shoe well concaved underneath the inflamed
-region, which should be relieved of all pressure.[5]
-
-[5] Should lameness persist, it will be necessary to remove a strip of
-the wall from the plantar border to the coronet in order to remove the
-horn tumor. The fleshy leaves which have secreted the tumor must be
-extirpated and the surface of the os pedis well scraped, or the growth
-will return.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-DEFECTS OF THE HOOF.
-
-
-A. Changes of Form.
-
-1. THE FLAT AND THE FULL HOOF (DROPPED SOLE).
-
-(_a_) _Flat Hoof._—A flat hoof is one whose toe and side walls are
-_inclined very obliquely_ to the ground-surface, and whose sole is _on
-a level_ with the bearing-surface of the wall.
-
-It exists most often in horses bred in low-lying, marshy countries.
-
-Frequently the frog is well developed, and projects considerably beyond
-the level of the wall. The branches of the sole sink perceptibly under
-the weight of the body, much more than in better-formed hoofs.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 200.
-
-Cross-section of a shod flat foot: _a_, sufficiently high
-bearing-edge of wall, and a horizontal bearing-surface on the shoe;
-_b_, insufficient height of bearing-edge of wall, and therefore a
-corresponding downward and inward inclination of the bearing-surface of
-the shoe.]
-
-_Preparing the Hoof for the Shoe._—The rule is to =spare= the plantar
-surface of the foot. After removing from the sole what little loose
-horn there may be, level the usually deficient bearing-surface of the
-wall with the rasp. The outer border of the wall, especially at the
-toe, should be rounded off rather more strongly than usual, because the
-toe requires and will bear considerable shortening. Outward bendings of
-the lower border of the wall should be removed as far as it is
-practicable to do so.
-
-The shoe, which should be rather wider in the web and thicker than
-usual, should have its bearing-surface shaped to correspond to the
-bearing-surface of the wall; that is, if the bearing-surface of the
-wall is below the margin of the sole (the sole of the foot being
-uppermost), then the bearing-surface of the shoe should incline
-downward and inward (Fig. 200, _b_). The bearing-surface of the
-branches, however, must always remain horizontal. The shoe always
-requires deep concaving, especially along the inner branch of the sole.
-If the quarters are weak, the walls defective, or there are corns,
-cracks, loose walls, or other diseases of the hoof, a =bar-shoe= should
-be selected.
-
-(_b_) _Full Hoof_ (Dropped Sole).—A full hoof is one whose sole instead
-of being concave is convex,—that is, bulges beyond the bearing-surface
-of the wall. It either arises gradually from a flat hoof or is the
-result of laminitis (founder). In full hoofs the lower surface of the
-os pedis is of the same shape as the horny sole.
-
-_The preparation of a full hoof_ for the shoe consists merely in
-removing all loose horn. In case the dropping of the sole is very
-pronounced, the bearing-surface of the wall should be built up
-artificially with Defay’s hoof cement. The shoe should be light, but
-broad in the web, and furnished with a more or less deep concaving,
-which extends from the inner edge of the web to the outer edge of the
-shoe, and corresponds in shape to the bulging of the sole. By reason of
-the deficiency of the wall, the =bar-shoe= deserves the preference over
-an open shoe. It is frequently necessary to apply toe- and heel-calks
-to remove the hoof from contact with the ground. The nails should he
-thinner and longer than usual, and a more secure position of the shoe
-may be secured without injury to the hoof by drawing up two side-clips.
-
-Flat and full hoofs are =incurable=. Shoeing is of benefit only in
-rendering such horses serviceable. Soles that are soft and sensitive
-should he smeared with crude turpentine or pine-tar, though unusual
-sensitiveness calls for a leather sole. Horses with full hoofs
-should not be driven faster than a walk over hard roads. During
-long-continued spells of wet weather softening of these hoofs should
-be prevented by smearing the soles with a hoof-ointment containing
-resin.
-
-
-2. THE UPRIGHT OR STUMPY HOOF.
-
-The upright or stumpy hoof is that form in which the quarters, with
-relation to the toe, are too long (too high). The wall at the toe
-stands very steep, in some cases perpendicular, and is strongly worn
-away by standing and travelling.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 201. Upright or stumpy hoof, shod with a “tip.”]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 202. Beaked shoe for stilt-foot.]
-
-_Causes._—1. The upright hoof is peculiar to the “standing under”
-position (Fig. 53, page 66) and to the so-called bear-foot (Fig. 70,
-page 72).
-
-2. It arises also as a result of all those alterations in the direction
-of the limbs which tend to remove the quarters from contact with the
-ground (contraction of the flexor tendons, spavin,—Fig. 202).
-
-3. It may arise gradually from neglect of the hoofs of horses running
-barefoot.
-
-4. It may arise from excessive shortening of the toe in relation to the
-quarters.
-
-_Shoeing._—The forms of hoofs mentioned in class 1 should be left
-as they are. The hoofs that fall under class 2 should be dressed
-and shod until a more natural setting down of the foot is secured.
-This is brought about by sparing the quarters, and applying a shoe
-with thickened branches or with heel-calks. Where the service of the
-animal is exacting and upon hard streets, the toes, especially of
-the hind shoes, may be made more durable by welding in steel plates.
-Besides, the shoe should be moderately _base-wide_ around the toe,—that
-is, should be bevelled downward and outward, should have a _strong
-toe-clip_, and should be _quite concave at the toe_ and _rolled_.
-(Figs. 203 and 204). Should the hoof tip forward whenever the weight is
-thrown upon the limb, a shoe with a spur projecting from the centre of
-the toe, and turning back and pressing upon the wall just underneath
-the coronary band, will be of service (Fig. 202).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 203.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 204. Shoe for stumpy hoofs, viewed from
-ground-surface, hoof-surface, and in profile.]
-
-Only those upright hoofs which are the result of the causes mentioned
-in 3 and 4 are to be dressed as ordinary hoofs, and if the service
-required is not too exacting they should be shod with tips (Fig. 201),
-or with shoes with thinned branches.
-
-
-3. THE CONTRACTED HOOF.
-
-_A hoof which has deviated from its normal form in such a manner that
-its posterior half, either in part or as a whole, is too narrow, is
-a contracted hoof._ The walls of the quarters assume an abnormally
-oblique direction downward and inward towards the median line of the
-hoof.
-
-When contraction affects only one quarter, it is called _unilateral
-contraction_, or abnormal wryness (Fig. 211).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 205.
-
-A fore-hoof with bilateral contraction of the quarters: _a_, spur of
-horn prolonged from the buttress, which compresses the frog; _b_,
-narrow median lacuna of the frog.]
-
-The buttresses are usually very much prolonged and press upon the frog
-and cause it to shrink. The bars no longer run in the natural straight
-direction from the point of the frog backward and outward, but describe
-a circle passing outward, backward, and inward.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 206.
-
-_A_, Defay’s shoe for expanding the quarters of a hoof; _a_, clip
-apposed to the buttress; _b_, slot sawed at the toe to weaken the shoe;
-_B_, screw for expanding the Defay’s shoe.]
-
-Contraction affects front feet, especially those of the _acute-angled_
-form, more often than hind feet. In order to determine whether or not a
-hoof is too narrow, we should always examine the frog and its lateral
-lacunæ. If the frog is small and narrow, and the lateral lacunæ very
-narrow and deep, there can be no doubt but that the hoof is too narrow
-(contracted).
-
-_The causes_, aside from too little exercise, are chiefly errors in
-shoeing, such as weakening the posterior half of the hoof, leaving
-too long a toe, either neglecting to remove the spurs of horn which
-grow from the buttresses and press upon the frog, or removing them
-incompletely, and using shoes whose branches are either _too wide
-apart_ or are inclined downward and inward, so that under the weight of
-the body _the heels are squeezed together_ and contraction is favored.
-
-_Prevention and Treatment._—First, it should be borne in mind _that
-whatever exercises moderate pressure upon the sole, frog, and bars
-tends to expand the hoof_. The action and value of the various shoes,
-frog-, and sole-pads, are measured by this rule. For this reason a
-shoe with heel-calks is never advisable if an open flat shoe without
-other means of relief can be used. Furthermore, since contraction is
-the parent of nearly all diseases of the hoof (corns, quarter-cracks,
-bar-cracks, thrush of the frog), we should use the greatest care to
-=prevent= it by dressing the hoof as described on pages 98 to 103,
-using flat shoes with a =horizontal bearing-surface for the quarters=,
-giving =abundant exercise, preventing drying out of the horn=, and
-allowing the animal to go barefoot whenever possible. _Where the
-contraction is but slight_ the foregoing rules will be found sufficient.
-
-_In very pronounced contraction, where the hoof is not acute-angled,
-an expansive shoe_ with clips raised at the ends of the branches to
-press against the buttresses may prove very advantageous; but under
-no conditions should violence be used in expanding the heels with the
-expanding-screw. This is an act of extreme delicacy, and should be
-performed only by experienced veterinarians.
-
-_In very pronounced contraction of one or both quarters of hoofs of
-every degree of obliquity_ we may obtain a continuous expansive action
-by the use of one of the numerous V-shaped springs, of which the
-_Chadwick spring_ is the best (Fig. 207 and 208). After levelling the
-wall and thinning the branches of the sole, the points of the spring
-are set against the =buttresses=, the apex of the spring moved to
-and fro till the points have bored well into the horn, when the apex
-is laid against the sole at the toe, the sole filled with tar and
-oakum and covered by a leather sole, and a bar-shoe applied. If the
-contraction be less pronounced, or if the frog be much shrunken we may
-place a Chadwick spring beneath a rubber bar-pad with a short shoe. The
-spring may be stiffened from shoeing to shoeing, first by introducing
-the ferrule at the apex of the spring and later by shifting the ferrule
-toward the shoulder (Figs. 207, _b_, and 208, _b_).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 207.
-
-The Chadwick spring for expanding contracted quarters: _a_, apex of
-spring; _b_, ferrule to stiffen the spring; _c_, point which is buried
-in a buttress of the hoof.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 208.
-
-A fore-hoof showing a Chadwick spring in proper position: _a_, Chadwick
-spring; _b_, ferrule to stiffen spring as desired; _c_, uncompressed
-spring before it has been engaged against the buttresses; _d_,
-buttresses in which points of spring are buried.]
-
-For contracted hoofs of the _acute-angled form_ we use the bar-shoe,
-and if there are other diseases of the hoof present, or if we wish a
-more rapid and continuous expansive action, we use also a leather sole
-with foot-packing with or without a buttress spring. A foul frog should
-be properly cleansed, and then disinfected with pine-tar thinned with
-alcohol or crude wood-vinegar (pyroligneous acid).
-
-Further curative measures are: turning the horse out without shoes
-(expensive and seldom practicable); applying tips; using shoes the
-bearing-surface of whose branches inclines downward and outward
-(unilateral contraction requires but one branch to be so constructed);
-hoof-pads of rubber (Figs. 145, 146, and 147), straw, rope, cork,
-hoof cement, etc. Special forms of contraction are distinguished, and
-are as follows:
-
-(_a_) _The Contraction of Wide Hoofs._—This contraction is manifest
-as a concavity or groove in the wall just below the coronet, usually
-at the quarters, though sometimes extending entirely around the foot
-parallel to the coronary band (Fig. 209). Pain is produced in the
-contracted area by lightly tapping the horn, but not by moderate
-pressure with the hoof-testers.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 209.
-
-Wide fore-hoof with “coronary contraction”: (_a_) broad shallow groove
-in each quarter, and disappearing toward the toe.]
-
-Green horses with wide hoofs, just from the pasture, are particularly
-liable to this form of contraction. As a rule, the lameness does not
-disappear completely until the wall has assumed its natural, straight
-direction by growing down properly from the coronary band.
-
-In dressing the hoof and applying the _bar-shoe_, care must be taken
-that the lower border of the wall underneath the painful area is
-lowered so much that it will not receive direct pressure from the shoe.
-
-(_b_) _Contraction of the Sole._—This is accompanied by an unnatural
-direction of the wall. Instead of the wall being straight from the
-coronet to the shoe, it describes a curve whose convexity is outward
-(keg-shaped, claw-shaped when seen from the side) (Fig. 210). The hoof
-seems constricted (tied in) at the coronet and at its plantar border,
-the sole is abnormally concave (arched), and the plantar surface of
-the hoof is considerably shortened from toe to heel. It happens in
-both shod and unshod horses, with otherwise strong hoofs, but is quite
-rare. It is occasionally associated with navicular bursitis (“navicular
-disease”).
-
-_Causes._—Principally dryness, too little exercise, and shoes without
-horizontal bearing-surface.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 210.
-
-A fore-hoof with a contracted sole, properly shod: _a_, toe convex
-in profile; _b_, shoe fitted full all around, and “bearing-surface”
-inclining outward; _c_, outer border bevelled base-wide.]
-
-The treatment is correspondingly simple: The shoes should be flat,
-fitted full all around to coax the wall out at every point, and the
-outer border bevelled base-wide, so as to furnish a base of support
-that is wider and longer than the hoof. In moderate contraction of the
-sole, the bearing-surface of the shoe should be perfectly horizontal,
-but if the contraction be very pronounced, the entire bearing-surface
-should incline downward and outward (even at the toe). No toe-or
-side-clip should be used. The shoe should be reset every two weeks; the
-sole kept so thin by paring that it will spring under thumb pressure,
-and kept moist by washing, tubbing or “stopping,” and the animal given
-moderate exercise daily.
-
-_In all forms of contraction of the hoof abundant exercise and the
-maintenance of the natural pliancy of the horn by daily moistening
-(washing) with water are absolutely necessary for successful treatment._
-
-
-4. THE WRY HOOF.
-
-If one side wall and quarter is steep, and the other very slanting
-or oblique, we term such a hoof a “wry hoof.” Such a hoof divided
-in the middle line presents two very _dissimilar_ halves. There are
-three classes of wry hoofs: 1, normal wry hoofs (see Figs. 63-66);
-2, pathological wry hoofs, or hoofs contracted in one quarter (see
-contracted hoofs); 3, wry hoofs which are the result of improper
-shortening of the wall and of neglect in horses running barefoot.
-
-Only the second and third classes of wry hoofs require especial
-attention. First, the more oblique wall must be cut down, and the steep
-wall spared,—a procedure which differs essentially from that employed
-in treating the first class, but is, nevertheless, entirely warranted,
-because these second and third kinds of wry hoofs do not correspond to
-the direction of the limb.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 211.
-
-A wry right front foot of the base-wide class, viewed from behind. The
-bar-shoe is fitted full along the contracted inner quarter, and snug
-on the outside. The inner branch of the frog rests upon the bar of the
-shoe; the outer branch is free. The inner quarter from the last nail
-back to the frog is free of the shoe.]
-
-In order to take weight from the steep wall, we use with advantage
-a _bar-shoe_, which should be longer and wider than the hoof on its
-contracted side. In other words, enlarge the base of support by making
-the branch of the shoe broader. If an entire side wall and quarter
-is contracted the branch of the shoe beneath must be broad, the
-border bevelled base-wide, and the branch punched so deeply that the
-nail-holes will fall upon the white line.
-
-In old work-horses any sort of shoe may be used, though a flat shoe
-serves the purpose best. If a hoof is wry from faulty paring, and we
-cannot at once completely restore the proper relative slant of the two
-walls by paring alone, we may use a shoe with a thicker branch for the
-half of the hoof which is too low (too steep).
-
-In colts such wry hoofs can often be cured only by shoeing. The shoe
-employed for this purpose is so made that the branch underneath the
-steep (contracted) wall is quite thick, but gradually thins away around
-the toe to the end of the other branch. In strongly marked cases the
-thin branch may end at the middle of the side wall (a three-quarter
-shoe). This method of shoeing shifts the body-weight upon the slanting
-wall and restores the foot to its proper shape in from two to four
-shoeings.
-
-_Causes._—Unequal distribution of the weight in the inner and outer
-halves of the foot, in conjunction with excessive cutting down or
-wear of the steeper wall. All faults in shoeing which tend to produce
-contraction of the heels aid in the formation of a wry foot, especially
-when these faults directly affect the steep wall. Neglect of the colt’s
-hoofs during the first years of life frequently lays the basis for wry
-foot in later years. All wry feet are more susceptible to disease than
-others.
-
-The amount or degree of wryness varies considerably. In a moderately
-developed case the steep wall (usually the inner) will be drawn in
-at the plantar border of the quarter, presenting a convex surface
-between this border and the coronet, and the adjacent branch of the
-frog will be more or less shrunken. In extreme cases the slanting wall
-(usually the outer) will also be involved and bent in the opposite
-direction,—_i.e._, will be concave (dished) between coronet and lower
-border (crooked hoof).
-
-_Prognosis._—When the degree of wryness corresponds to the slant of the
-foot-axis and the old shoe shows nearly uniform wear, the defect is not
-directly injurious. In very pronounced “wryness,” however, with thin,
-bent walls, a number of associated lesions, such as corns and cracks,
-may be present and render the animal unfit for service upon paved or
-macadam roads.
-
-
-5. THE CROOKED HOOF.
-
-A crooked hoof (Fig. 212) is one whose walls (viewed from in front or
-behind) do not pass in a straight, natural direction from the coronet
-to the ground, but are bent in such a manner that the bearing-surface
-of the wall in relation to the foot-axis lies either too far out or in.
-
-It may occur on any foot, but is seldom strongly marked.
-
-_Causes._—The causes are either long-continued leaving of one-half of
-the wall too high, or the use of shoes shaped for normal feet upon
-hoofs of the base-wide position.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 212.
-
-A crooked right fore-hoof of the base-wide position: _a_, convex wall,
-too high; _b_, concave wall, too low; _c d_ shows how much of the outer
-wall must be removed with the hoof-knife; _f_, superfluous horn to be
-removed gradually with the rasp; _c e_ and _g h_ indicate the position
-of the shoe with relation to the hoof.]
-
-The principal part of the treatment is the proper dressing of the hoof.
-The wall which is bent out at the middle and drawn in at the plantar
-border is, as a rule, too high and too near the centre of the foot
-(too narrow); the opposite wall, on the contrary, is too low and too
-far from the centre of the foot (too wide). This explains the manner
-in which the hoof should be cut down and rasped. The shoe must be laid
-out as far as possible towards the side which is too high and narrow.
-A straight edge placed against the high wall touches it only at its
-middle. The distance of this line from the lower edge of the wall shows
-us how far the surface of support—namely, the shoe—should be set out
-beyond the horn. If the straight edge be placed against the opposite
-wall, it will touch only at the coronet and at the plantar border,
-showing that the wall is concave. The distance of the middle of this
-wall from the straight edge shows us how much too wide this half of
-the wall is at its plantar border, and how much of the outer surface
-of the wall at its plantar border should be removed with the rasp.
-The restoration of a crooked hoof to its normal form requires several
-shoeings.
-
-
-6. OSSIFICATION OF THE LATERAL CARTILAGE (SIDE-BONE).
-
-The ossification of a lateral cartilage (Fig. 213) consists in a change
-of the cartilage into bone. Heavy horses are more frequently affected
-than lighter ones. It most often involves the outer cartilages of the
-forefeet, seldom both cartilages. Side-bones always interfere with the
-physiological movements of the foot, and may, indeed, entirely suppress
-them.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 213.
-
-A left fore os pedis viewed in profile, showing ossification of the
-external lateral cartilage: _a_, dotted line shows normal line of
-union of cartilage with wing of os pedis; _b_, ossified portion (“side
-bone”). The unossified cartilage has been removed by maceration.]
-
-The disease can only be diagnosed with certainty after the upper part
-of the cartilage has ossified. The coronet is then rather prominent
-(bulging), and feels hard. The gait is short, and cautious, and
-well-marked lameness often follows severe work. As _causes_, may
-be mentioned predisposition in heavy lymphatic horses, and violent
-concussion or shock due to fast work upon hard roads. The disease is
-_incurable_.
-
-A special method of shoeing is only necessary when the outer cartilage
-is ossified and the quarter upon that side is contracted. After
-removing the old shoe, whose outer branch is, as a rule, more worn away
-than the inner, the outer wall will always be found too high, due to
-the fact that there has been little or no expansion and contraction
-in this quarter and, therefore, little or no wear of the horn against
-the shoe. The hoof is therefore wry,—on the outside too high, and on
-the inside too low. This shows us how the foot should be dressed so
-as to obtain a proper base of support and a uniform wear of the shoe.
-The most suitable shoe is a _flat shoe_, whose outer branch must be
-wider than the inner. It is so applied that the inner branch follows
-the edge of the wall closely, while the outer branch must be full
-and at the quarter must extend beyond the wall far enough to touch a
-perpendicular line dropped from the coronet (Fig. 215). The shoe must,
-therefore, be punched deep (coarse) on the outer branch and fine on
-the inner. A side-clip must be placed on the outer branch, because in
-time the outer half of the hoof will again be too high. _Bar-shoes and
-rubber pads are injurious when both cartilages are ossified_, but may
-be used when there is partial ossification of _but one cartilage_,
-especially if corns are present.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 214. Right fore-hoof whose form has changed as a
-result of ossification of the external lateral cartilage.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 215. Shoe with broad outer branch, for the hoof
-shown in the preceding cut.]
-
-
-B. Disturbances of Continuity of the Hoof.
-
-
-1. CRACKS.
-
-Interruptions of continuity of the wall extending in the direction of
-the horn-tubes are known as cracks or seams. They have, according to
-their location, degree, and extent, not only various names, but also a
-varying significance.
-
-_Occurrence._—On the inner side of front hoofs, especially of horses
-that stand base-wide; on hind hoofs, usually at the toe.
-
-[Illustration: _Fig. 216._
-
-Hoof exhibiting a coronary crack, a plantar or low crack, and a
-complete deep crack, the latter with a nail ready to be clinched.]
-
-_Classification._—According to location we distinguish toe-cracks,
-side-cracks, quarter-cracks, and bar-cracks. Those cracks which affect
-only the upper border of the hoof are called _coronary cracks_; those
-which are limited to the lower border of the hoof are sometimes
-designated _low cracks_ (plantar cracks); while those which are
-continuous from one border to the other are called _complete cracks_.
-If the crack passes through the entire thickness of the wall to the
-sensitive tissues underneath, it is called a _deep_ or _penetrating
-crack_, in contradistinction to the _superficial crack_ (Fig. 216).
-
-_Causes._—There are many. Besides wounds of the coronet, everything
-that impairs the elasticity of the horn, weakens the hoof, and causes
-an overloading of one-half of the hoof. Furthermore, great dryness and
-excessive work on hard streets.
-
-_Prognosis._—This will depend upon the age, kind, and location of the
-crack. A _low crack is without significance_ unless it is the remnant
-of an old coronary crack which has grown down. _Coronary cracks_, on
-the contrary, _are more serious_ because of the lameness which often
-accompanies them, and especially on account of the long duration of the
-healing process.
-
-The borders of the crack =never= grow together, and healing can only
-take place through healthy, unbroken horn growing down from the
-coronary band.
-
-(_a_) _Treatment of Coronary and Bar-Cracks._—If practicable, allow the
-affected horse to go barefoot; otherwise, the use of the =bar-shoe=
-for _all cracks_ is advised, because it will continuously protect the
-diseased section of wall from pressure by the shoe. If there are
-present still other diseases of the hoof (corns, contraction, flat or
-full hoof), the addition of a leather sole with packing will be most
-beneficial, not only in favoring the healing of the crack, but also in
-improving the form of the hoof and in favoring the cure of the other
-lesions. In all coronary cracks it is of advantage to assist healing
-by fastening or immobilizing the borders of the crack by one of the
-following methods:
-
-1. By rivets (nails), which pass across the crack through holes
-previously drilled in the horn (Fig. 217).
-
-2. By clamps or hooks, which by means of special pincers are forced
-into pockets previously burnt into the horn on opposite sides of the
-crack (Fig. 219, B).
-
-3. By a thin iron plate placed across the crack and secured by small
-screws, such as are used in wood (Figs. 220, 221).
-
-4. By means of a bandage to last one shoeing.
-
-=Toe-crack= occurs most often in draught horses and most frequently
-in the hind feet. In shod hoofs it starts at the coronary border, and
-unless proper treatment is instituted soon reaches the plantar border.
-Long toes and low quarters and excessive dryness of the horn are
-predisposing causes. The exciting cause is usually forward pressure
-of the upper end of the short pastern against the thin upper edge of
-the wall of the toe. In the last part of the phase of contact of hoof
-with ground the pasterns are upright, or may even incline downward
-and backward (foot-axis broken strongly backward), the short pastern
-presses the coronary band firmly against the upper thin edge of the
-toe, when if brittle through dryness it is unable to stretch and tears
-asunder. Thus, under the effort of starting a heavy load, when a horse
-with all four legs flexed has risen upon the points of his toes, a
-short quick slip followed by a catch, will frequently start a crack at
-the coronet.
-
-The hoof should be so dressed and shod that the foot-axis shall be
-straight when seen from the side. In hind feet it is admissible to
-break the foot-axis slightly forward. Therefore, shorten the toe and
-spare the quarters. If the latter are deficient in length, raise them
-by swelling the branches or by low heel-calks.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 217.
-
-Toe-crack immobilized by lateral toe-clips: _a_, bearing-surface left
-free from pressure; _b_, heads of the rivets (nails) driven through
-holes previously drilled.]
-
-The shoe may be open, or a bar-shoe, or a short shoe with a rubber
-frog- and buttress-pad. Whatever expands the quarters closes a
-toe-crack. The Defay’s shoe (Fig. 206), or the Chadwick spring beneath
-a rubber pad, or beneath a bar-shoe with leather sole, if the frog
-be much shrunken, will be of service. The shoe should fit air-tight,
-except for an inch or so on both sides of the crack. Two lateral
-toe-clips (Fig. 217) are drawn up, and the wall between these clips is
-cut down from a twelfth to an eighth of an inch.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 218.
-
-Spiral drill for boring the hole into which a round wire nail is driven
-to fasten a toe-crack: (_a_) three sided point of drill (similar to the
-point of a stilet of a cæcal trocar).]
-
-After the shoe has been nailed on tight the toe-crack should be
-immobilized. The best method is by buried nails. Slots are burned or
-cut on opposite sides at a distance of an inch from the crack. With a
-spiral drill (see Fig. 218) bore a hole from a slot at right angles to
-the crack. Make a similar hole on the opposite side. Make the holes
-continuous by introducing a straight hot wire. The rivet may be an
-ordinary round wire nail which has been softened by bringing it to a
-yellow heat and allowing it to cool slowly. It is driven through and
-the ends firmly clinched. Such a nail is easily placed, need not press
-upon fleshy leaves, can not be stripped off or lost, and holds fast.
-The horse should stand on the foot while the rivet is being clinched.
-Two are sufficient for a complete crack (Fig. 217).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 219.
-
-_A_, Vachette burning iron for making the two slots to receive the
-ends of the hook; _b_, shoulder; _B_, Vachette hook; _C_, pincers for
-forcing the hook into the wall.]
-
-A more rapid, though less efficient method of immobilizing a toe-or a
-quarter-crack is by the use of the Vachette hook. A special apparatus
-is required (see Fig. 219). The burning iron (Fig. 219, _A_) is brought
-to a yellow heat, its end applied to the wall so that the two ears are
-on opposite sides and equidistant from the crack, when it is pressed
-firmly till the shoulder (Fig. 219, _b_) touches the surface of the
-wall. A Vachette hook, the distance between the points of which equals
-the distance between the ears of the firing iron, is seized by the
-special pincers (_C_), pressed into the slots burned to receive it, and
-is then driven into the horn by compressing the pincers. At the toe
-these hooks are frequently stripped off by the heels of the opposite
-shoe (in hind feet). Free application of hoof ointment, and maceration
-of the horn by melting snow or mud tends to loosen them so that they
-often drop out.
-
-An efficient method of fastening either a toe-or a quarter-crack
-is by using a metal plate one-sixteenth (¹/₁₆″) of an inch thick,
-provided with four to eight holes for the reception of screws four- to
-five-sixteenths of an inch long. The plate is heated, bent to conform
-to the curvature of the wall and pressed against the horn till it
-burns a bed for itself, when it is screwed fast. It will not loosen
-(see Fig. 220, _b_). In every complete crack of the wall the growing
-down of coherent horn is favored by thinning the horn for an inch on
-both sides of the crack directly over the coronary band (see Fig. 221,
-_a_), so that any gliding movement between the sides of the crack below
-can not be transmitted through the thinned area to the crack in the
-velvety tissue of the coronary band. Cutting a “V” at the coronet acts
-similarly, but is less efficient.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 220.
-
-Hoof with coronary quarter-crack, shod with a bar-shoe. The part of the
-quarter relieved of pressure _a_, is indicated by the dotted lines;
-_b_, iron plate secured by small wood screws ⁴/₁₆-⁵/₁₆ of an inch in
-length.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 221.
-
-Hoof with complete quarter-crack, shod with a bar-shoe: _a_, area
-thinned almost to the pododerm; _b_, ¹/₁₆ inch metal plate secured by
-screw ⁵/₁₆ of an inch long; _c_, quarter relieved of pressure from
-bottom of crack to a perpendicular dropped from top of crack.]
-
-=Quarter-crack= is usually associated with contraction of the heels. It
-occurs on the inner quarter of base-wide (toe-wide) hoofs, and rarely
-in the outer quarter of base-narrow hoofs. For quarter-cracks we use a
-bar-shoe and determine the extent of the wall to be laid free in the
-following manner: We imagine the crack to be prolonged in the direction
-of the horn-tubes to the plantar border, and drop a perpendicular line
-from the upper end of the crack to the plantar border. That part of the
-plantar border lying between these two points is then to be lowered
-sufficiently to prevent pressure from the shoe until the next shoeing
-(Figs. 220, _a_, and 221, _c_).
-
-This method should be followed even when the perpendicular line falls
-behind the buttress.
-
-The crack may be immobilized by the metal plate, or by narrow ticking
-bandage or adhesive tape wound a half dozen times around the hoof, in
-conjunction with a bar-shoe, Chadwick spring, leather sole and tar and
-oakum sole-packing.
-
-In dressing the hoof, the side containing the crack should be spared,
-the opposite side lowered, the object being to shift the weight and
-consequent expansion into the sound quarter. When the affected quarter
-is deficient in length the branch of the shoe beneath should be made
-thicker, even to the extent of causing it to ground in advance of the
-opposite branch.
-
-Next to shoeing, rubber hoof-pads render good service, because through
-them a part of the body-weight is distributed over the sole and frog.
-They assist in widening the hoof, and lessen shock when the foot is set
-to the ground. These are all matters which favor the growing down of
-unbroken horn.
-
-When the crack gaps widely, and the frog is small and deep in the foot
-_a shoe with bar-clips_ (Defay’s shoe), or a Chadwick spring, with
-bar-shoe and leather sole may be used. It is not impossible, indeed,
-to obtain a cure by using an ordinary open flat shoe, though much will
-depend upon the other lesions that may be present, the nature of the
-hoof, and the service required of the animal.
-
-If the edges of the crack are irregular and overlapping, they should be
-carefully thinned away. Thinning the horn on both sides of the crack
-over the coronary band, preventing drying out of the horn, and frequent
-applications of carbolized oil to the coronet favor growth of undivided
-horn and guard against a renewal of the crack.
-
-If in the beginning of the disease there is inflammation and lameness,
-cooling poultices should be used for several days. When there is no
-lameness, the horse may be used for slow draft purposes. _Coach-and
-saddle-horses should be kept from fast work until sound horn has grown
-down at least one-half of an inch from the coronet._
-
-_Bar-cracks_ are usually the result of changes of position of the
-quarters, and are just as frequently brought about by contraction as
-by leaving the quarters too high. We see them almost entirely upon the
-fore-hoofs. They seldom occur alone, but are usually accompanied by
-corns. When the crack extends to the pododerm there is a superficial
-inflammation of the pododerm and lameness. When treatment is not
-promptly begun the inflammation extends to the deeper layers of the
-pododerm, or, indeed, even to the plantar cushion, and gives rise to
-swelling of the bulb of the heel upon that side and to a well-marked
-lameness, which requires treatment by a competent veterinarian.
-
-Ordinarily a bar-crack is only found by a close examination of the
-hoof after the shoe has been removed. In paring the hoof the crack
-usually appears as a dark streak, sometimes as a bloody fissure; not
-infrequently grayish hoof-pus is discovered in the depths of the crack.
-
-The treatment must be directed towards favoring the growth of a
-continuous (unbroken) bar. This is accomplished by completely removing
-the edges of the crack, paring the horn of the vicinity very thin, and
-preventing the least pressure upon the wall of this quarter by the
-shoe, by lowering this quarter with the rasp and applying a =bar-shoe=
-with leather sole.
-
-Following the removal of the edges of the crack there often appears,
-especially in stumpy hoofs, a deep groove; if the bottom of this groove
-is moist, we should pack it with oakum wet with a five per cent.
-solution of creolin or carbolic acid, and cover the oakum with wax
-(grafting-wax). The cracks will return if the exciting causes cannot be
-completely removed.
-
-(_b_) _Treatment of Low Cracks (Plantar Cracks)._—These cracks,
-occurring principally upon the hoofs of unshod horses, are the result
-of excessive stretching and bending of the lower border of the wall.
-Insufficient rounding of the wall with the rasp is largely responsible
-for them. An exciting cause in shod horses is the use of too large
-nails in shoes that are punched too fine.
-
-Every coronary crack becomes in time a low or plantar crack, and this
-has an important bearing upon the prognosis, because a renewal of the
-coronary crack will be followed by a low crack.
-
-In order to remove these cracks it is sufficient merely to shoe the
-horse. Upon shod horses they may be prevented by using properly punched
-shoes and thin nails. The lower border of the wall near the crack
-should be relieved of pressure by cutting out a half-moon-shaped piece
-of horn. To prevent the crack from extending farther upward we may burn
-a transverse slot at the upper end of the crack, in as far as the leafy
-layer of the wall, or cut such a slot with a small hoof-knife.
-
-
-2. CLEFTS.
-
-An interruption of continuity of the wall, at right angles to the
-direction of the horn-tubes, is called a _cleft_.
-
-Clefts may occur at any part of the wall; yet they occur most often
-upon the inner toe and inner side, as a result of injury from sharp,
-improperly placed heel-calks (see page 173). However, suppurating
-corns, or other suppurative processes situated at the coronet or which
-find their point of escape at the coronet, may from time to time lead
-to separations of continuity and the formation of horn-clefts.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 222. Hoof with clefts of the toe and side wall.]
-
-Horn-clefts, though the result of lesions which are often very
-injurious and interfere with the use of the horse, are of themselves
-not an evil which can be abolished or healed by shoeing, although, in
-many cases, proper shoeing would have prevented them. A horn-cleft is
-not a matter for consideration by the shoer until it has grown down so
-far that it comes within the region of the nails.
-
-In order not to disfigure the hoof unnecessarily, the horn below the
-cleft should be kept in place as long as possible by shortening the
-wall at that point, to remove shoe-pressure, and by driving no nails
-into it. If, however, the horn is loose and about to come away, it
-should be removed and the defect filled with Defay’s patent horn-cement.
-
-
-3. LOOSE WALL.
-
-Separation of the wall from the sole _in the white line_ is called
-loose wall (Fig. 223, _a_).
-
-_Occurrence._—Frequent on the fore-hoofs of shod and unshod horses,
-and oftener upon the inner than upon the outer side. More rare on hind
-hoofs. Common-bred horses with wide and flat feet are predisposed to
-this trouble.
-
-We distinguish _superficial_ and _deep loose wall_; only the latter
-requires the shoer’s attention, because it leads to lameness.
-
-_Causes._—Walls which are very oblique (slanting); outward bendings of
-the plantar border of the wall; burning the horn with hot shoes;
-dryness; neglected shoeing; excessive softening of the horn with
-poultices, particularly of cow-dung; carelessness in preparing the
-bearing-surfaces of hoof and shoe in shoeing; uneven fitting of the
-shoe.
-
-_Treatment._—It aims to remove the lameness and to favor growth of
-coherent horn. In the first place the removal of the exciting causes,
-followed by proper shortening of the wall. We should apply a shoe whose
-bearing-surface _inclines slightly downward and inward_, is perfectly
-smooth, and wide enough to cover the wall, white line, and outer border
-of the sole; the iron should be only moderately warm. Where there is
-lameness we use a leather sole with packing, or a =bar-shoe=. The loose
-wall should be freed from shoe-pressure only when it does not extend
-far along the white line. When the separation is extensive the loose
-wall should not be lowered. The crack should be filled with wood-tar,
-crude turpentine, or soft grafting-wax.
-
-If a loose wall occur upon the foot of a horse while running barefoot,
-all separated horn should be removed; if, on account of the nature of
-the ground, this seems to be impracticable, the hoof must be shod.
-
-_Care of the Hoof._—Shoe at least every four to five weeks. Preserve
-the pliancy and toughness of the horn by judicious moistening.
-
-
-4. HOLLOW WALL.
-
-A _hollow wall is one in which a separation has occurred between the
-middle layer of the wall and the keraphyllous layer_. This crack or
-separation always extends in the direction of the layers of the wall
-(Fig. 223, _b_).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 223. An imaginary transverse vertical section of a
-hoof showing (_a_) loose wall and (_b_) hollow wall.]
-
-_Occurrence._—Quite rare.
-
-We should suspect a hollow wall when a part of the wall _rounds out
-prominently beyond the rest_, and gives forth a hollow (resonant) sound
-when struck. The white line presents a crack, yet we should hesitate to
-form a conclusion as to the extent of the separation from the extent of
-the crack along the white line, since the latter may be considerably
-smaller. The separation extends higher up the wall than in the case of
-loose wall, frequently to the coronet. The cavity is usually filled
-with crumbling, disintegrated horn.
-
-Hollow wall is not often accompanied by pain. Lameness may arise,
-however, if the hollow section of wall assists in bearing the
-body-weight, and if the animal does fast work upon paved streets.
-
-_Causes._—Mechanical influences resulting in chronic inflammation of
-fleshy leaves.
-
-_Treatment._—A cure is possible, but requires considerable time. In
-shoeing, which should always aim to _relieve pressure_ from the hollow
-section of wall, we cleanse the cavity and fill it with oakum and tar,
-crude turpentine, or wax. Where the separation is very extensive we use
-a _bar-shoe_.
-
-The time required for complete cure of hollow and loose walls will
-depend upon the height of the separation (see growth of the hoof, page
-82).
-
-
-5. THRUSH OF THE FROG.
-
-When the horny frog is ragged and fissured, and an ill-smelling,
-dark-colored liquid collects in the lacunæ of the frog, it is affected
-with thrush. When thrush exists uninterruptedly for several months the
-perioplic band is irritated and forms rings of periople which assume an
-irregular course and cross the rings of the middle layer of the wall
-(Fig. 224).
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 224. Hoof with irregular superficial rings
-resulting from thrush of the frog.]
-
-The _causes_: uncleanliness, =too little exercise= in fresh air,
-excessive paring of the frog, and the use of shoes with calks by which
-the frog is permanently removed from the ground.
-
-The _consequences_ are, besides contraction of the hoof, soreness in
-travelling, a shortening of the step, and, occasionally, well-marked
-lameness.
-
-_Treatment._—Removal of all greasy horn from the frog, and of the
-prominent overgrown angles of the buttresses (see page 100), thorough
-washing of the frog once or twice daily with a 5 per cent. creolin or
-carbolic solution, =abundant exercise=, and shoes without calks.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-SHOEING MULES, ASSES, AND OXEN.
-
-
-1. The shoeing of mules and asses is, as in the case of horses, a
-necessity if these animals are to be used for draft or saddle purposes
-on hard streets. The structure and characteristics of the hoofs of
-these animals are quite similar to those of the horse, differing
-chiefly in the form and thickness of the wall. The mule hoof is long
-and narrow and round at the toe, the sole is well arched, and the side
-walls are rather steep (Fig. 225). In the ass the narrowness of hoof
-is still more pronounced, the wall is relatively =thick=, the frog is
-particularly well developed in its branches, and therefore the hoof is
-relatively wide in the region of the quarters. The horn of both mule
-and ass is tough.
-
-The shoes differ from those of the horse in no other respect than that
-they should be lighter and narrower. Four nail-holes are sufficient for
-an ass’ shoe, and five to six for a mule’s.
-
-On account of the hardness and toughness of the walls, we use nails
-that are short but strong in the shank; nails with weak shanks are apt
-to bend in driving.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 225. A mule’s hoof. (Plantar surface).]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 226. A shod ox-claw.]
-
-2. _The shoeing of oxen_ is essentially different from that of horses,
-because the foot of the ox is cloven (split), the long pastern, short
-pastern, and hoof-bone are double, so that, instead of one hoof or
-claw, there are two upon each foot, distinguished as outer and inner.
-Each claw consists of wall, sole, and bulbs; the frog is absent. The
-wall is considerably thinner than that of the horse’s hoof, the sole is
-thin, and the bulbs are low. For these reasons the shoe designed for a
-claw must be thin, but wide.
-
-The holes must be punched fine and the nails be quite short and strong.
-On each shoe a long tongue should be made on the inner edge near the
-toe, and so directed that it can be turned upward and outward to
-embrace the toe of the claw. A small clip raised on the outer toe of
-each shoe will increase its stability. In some parts of Saxony the
-shoes are so made that the tongue of each shoe begins in the rear
-third of its inner edge and runs forward, upward, and outward, closely
-embracing the wall of the toe. The smaller clip is drawn up on the
-outer edge of the shoe close to the toe. These shoes are more difficult
-to make, but when applied sit more firmly and remain fast longer than
-all others. Machine-made ox shoes (Fig. 227) have no clip at the inner
-toe, and are frequently pulled and lost. For this reason they are
-inferior to hand-made shoes. An undivided shoe (the so-called “closed
-claw-shoe”) is unsuitable for oxen, because it deprives both claws of
-their natural, free movements. However, such a shoe is of advantage
-for heavy draft over hard and very rough roads, because it lessens the
-liability of the fetlock and coronary joints and the cleft of the claws
-to strains.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 227.
-
-Pair of machine-made ox shoes, viewed from the ground-surface and in
-profile; _a_, toe-calk; _b_, heel-calks.]
-
-Great difficulty is often encountered in holding the feet during the
-operation of shoeing. It is necessary to fasten the head securely
-against a tree, post, or wall. A front foot may be raised and held
-by passing a slip-noose in the end of a rope or side-line around the
-fetlock and carrying the line over the withers to the opposite side,
-where it is held by an assistant. A hind limb may be controlled by
-passing a round pole in front of the hock of the leg to be raised,
-and, with a man at each end of the pole, carrying the limb backward
-and upward, in which position it is held; or the limb may be bent and
-controlled by tightening a twitch or tourniquet upon the leg just above
-the hock (Fig. 228). Oxen that continue to resist may sometimes be
-quieted by light blows of a short stick upon the base of the horns. In
-parts of the country where many oxen are shod stocks are in common use.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 228. Hind foot raised by means of a round pole.]
-
-Very satisfactory stocks have been designed by Gutenaecker, of Munich
-(Fig. 229). The four corner-posts (_a_, _a_, _b_, _b_) are eight
-inches square and eight feet long, of which three feet four inches
-are solidly implanted in the ground. They are united by side- and
-cross-bars (_c_, _c_, _d_). In front of the corner-posts (_a_, _a_)
-and in the middle line stands a head-post (_e_) of the same dimensions
-as the corner-posts, provided with a slot four inches wide and twenty
-inches long beginning three feet from the ground. In this slot is
-a pulley-wheel (_i_), and below it a windlass (_k_) for winding up
-the rope which is tied around the base of the animal’s horns. The
-corner-posts are provided with a slot (_n_) three inches wide and
-three inches deep, within which are placed two movable side-bars (_o_,
-_p_), which can be set at desired heights and fastened by iron pins.
-Between the front and rear corner-posts of the right-hand side is an
-eight-sided roller with a ratchet and click at one end, and having on
-one of the sides six iron hooks, to which a girth is attached. On the
-opposite side of the stocks, at the same height, is a stationary bar
-(_f_) with six hooks (_g_, _g_) on the outer side. The belly girth is
-six feet long, six inches wide, and terminates at both ends in several
-strong cords two feet four inches long with iron rings at their ends.
-Between the front corner-posts are a neck-yoke (_h_) and a breast-bar
-which slide in the slots (_m_) and may be fixed at desired heights
-by iron pins. On the rear face of each rear corner-post is an iron
-bracket (_s_) one foot and a half long, with a ring (_t_) six inches in
-diameter, through which passes a round pole padded in the middle and
-kept in place by two iron pins. Above each bracket is a hook (_u_) to
-which the end of the breeching attaches.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 229.
-
-Gutenäcker’s stocks for oxen: _a_, front corner-posts; _b_, rear
-corner-posts; _c_, _d_, connecting bars; _e_, head-post; _f_, bar
-for holding belly girth; _g_, hooks for girth; _h_, neck-yoke; _i_,
-pulley-wheel; _k_, windlass with ratchet and click; _m_, slot for
-neck-yoke and breast-bar; _n_, slot for movable side-bars; _o_, _p_,
-side-bars; _r_, hook for fetlock strap; _s_, iron bracket; _t_, iron
-ring for rear cross pole; _u_, hooks for breeching.]
-
-Before an animal is brought into the stocks the neck-yoke is raised,
-the breast-bar lowered, and the girth left hanging from the hooks on
-the stationary bar. The ox is then led into the stocks and the rope
-which is tied around the base of the horns is carried over the pulley
-(_i_), fastened to the hook on the roller (_k_), and wound up till the
-head is tight against the head-post. The yoke and breast-bar are then
-placed in position and fastened, the breeching hung on the hooks (_u_),
-and the belly girth attached to the hooks on the roller, so that, if
-need be, it can be shortened till it bears the animal’s entire weight.
-
-To control a front foot a slip-noose is placed about the fetlock and
-the limb is raised and lashed to the side-bar, the rope passing finally
-to the hook (_r_). To control a hind foot a slip-noose is placed
-about the fetlock, the foot carried upward and backward over the rear
-cross-bar, and, with the front surface of the fetlock-joint resting
-against the padding of the bar, the limb is firmly secured by wrapping
-the line several times about the limb and bar.
-
-When no stocks are at hand, we may use an ordinary farm wagon or a
-truck wagon. Tie the ox with his head forward between the front and
-hind wheels. Fasten the large end of a binding pole to the spokes of
-the front wheel and let it rest on the hub. Swing the pole close to the
-ox and induce him to step over it with one hind leg, then raise the
-rear end of the pole, and with it the leg and so much of the animal’s
-hind quarters that the inner hind leg standing close to the wagon rests
-but lightly upon the ground. The binding pole may then be slung with
-a rope from the rack of the wagon or other stationary object and the
-outer limb held in the usual manner. By following this method a shoer
-with one assistant can easily and safely control the most refractory
-oxen.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX
-
-
- Apprentice, 14
- Arteries, 41
- Articulations, 21
-
- Balanced hoof, 101
- Balling with snow, 149
- Bar-shoe, uses of, 164
- Bare foot, preparing the hoof, 102
- Bars, 51
- dressing, 99
- Base-narrow position, 63, 68
- Base-wide position, 63, 68
- Beaked shoe, 184
- Bear-foot, 72
- Bearing-surface of shoes, 117, 127
- Blood-vessels, 41
- Bow-legged position, 64
- Buttress, 100
-
- Calf-kneed, 66
- Calk-wound, 173
- Camped behind, 68
- in front, 66
- Cannon bone, 20, 21
- Carpus, 20
- Cartilages, lateral, 39
- Cast iron, 103
- shoes, 132
- Chadwick spring, 187
- Clefts, 203
- Clinch cutter, 97
- Clinching, 131
- Clips, 111
- Close-nailing, burning, 166
- Contracted hoof, 185
- sole, 190
- Corn, chronic, 175
- dry, 174
- suppurating, 174
- Corns, 174
- treatment, 176
- Coronary band, 47
- joint, 31
- ligaments, 31
- Cover-plate shoe, 173
- Cow-hocked, 68
- Cracks, 195
- coronary and bar, 196, 202
- plantar, 202
- Crest, semilunar, 27
- Crooked hoof, 192
- Cross-firing, 140
-
- Defay’s shoe, 187
- Diseases of hoof, 165
- Dressing the hoof, 98
- Driving the shoe, 130
- Drop-forged shoes, 132
- Dropped sole, 178, 182, 183
-
- Elastic parts of foot, 38
- Examination before shoeing, 90
-
- Feet, forms of, 69
- Femur, 20
- Fetlock, ligaments of, 29
- joint, 28
- Fiber shoes, 134
- Fibula, 20
- Flat hoof, 182
- Fleshy frog, 49
- sole, 49
- wall, 48
- Flight of hoofs, 72, 75
- Foot, articulations of, 28
- bones of, 24
- Foot-axis, 70
- relation to sole, 100
- straight and broken, 101
- Forging, 138
- Founder, 177
- dressing hoof, 179
- shoeing, 180
- Frog, 57
- dressing, 99
- Front shoe, making, 105
- Frost-nails, 146
- Full hoof, 183
- Fullering, 109
- hammer, 104
-
- Gathered nail, 170
-
- Hair-skin, 44
- Head, bones of, 17
- Heavy draught horses, shoeing, 125
- Heel-calks, 112
- always sharp, 154
- Heels, inflammation of, 176
- Hind shoe, making, 107
- Hock, 21
- Hollow wall, 205
- Hoof, 50
- benefits of movements within, 89
- crooked, 84
- growth of, 82
- healthy, 81
- irregular growth, 83
- knife, 98
- ointments, 159, 160
- physiological movements of, 86
- wear against shoe, 86
- wear of, 82
- Hoof-skin, 45
- Hoofs, care of unshod, 157
- Hoofs, forms of, 77, 80
- of colts, care of, 157
- Horn, minute structure of, 58
- qualities of, 59
- tumor, 181
- Horseshoeing, object of, 13
- schools, 15
- Horseshoer, requisites of, 14
- Humerus, 19
- Hunters, shoeing, 123
-
- Interfering, 142
- Iron for horseshoes, 103
-
- Joints, free, hinge, and pivot, 22
-
- Keraphyllocele, 181
- Knee-sprung, 67
-
- Laminitis, 177
- Leather sole, 164
- Ligaments, 21
- Limbs, standing positions, 62
- Loose wall, 204
- Low-jointed, 66
-
- Mucous bursæ, 35
- Mule shoes, 207
- Muscles, 22
-
- Nail-holes, 110
- Nailing, 166
- causes of, 167
- examination and treatment, 167, 168
- Nails, 128
- Navicular bone, 28
- Nerves, 44
- Nippers, 99
- Normal position, 62, 64, 67, 69
-
- Os pedis, 26
- Ox shoes, 208
- Oxen, securing feet, 209
-
- Pacers, shoeing, 124
- Pads, rubber, 135
- Pastern, long, 25
- short, 26
- Patella, 20
- Pedal joint, 31
- ligaments, 31
- Peg-calks, 150
- Peg toe-calks, 152
- Pelvis, 19
- Periople, 53
- Perioplic band, 47
- Periosteum, 21
- Pigeon-toed position, 64
- Pincers, 97
- Plantar cushion, 40
- Pododerm, 45
- Pododermatitis, symptoms of, 161
- treatment of, 163
- Podophyllous tissue, 48
- Podometer, 105
- Pricking, direct nailing, 166
- Pritchel, 105
- Protective organs of foot, 44
- Punch, 105
-
- Quarter-crack, 200
- Quarters, contraction of, 186
-
- Radius, 20
- Raising feet in shoeing, 92
- Removing shoes, 97
- Rolled toe, 118
- Rope shoes, 133
- Rubber shoes, 134
- Runners, 123
-
- Saddle-horses, shoeing, 122
- Scapula, 19
- Screw heel-calks, 148
- Seedy-toe, 178
- Sesamoid bones, 25
- ligaments, 29-31
- Sharp toe- and heel-calks, 146
- Shod hoofs, care of, 159
- Shoe, choosing the, 116
- for acute-angled hoof, 114, 120
- for base-narrow hoof, 114, 121
- for base-wide hoof, 114, 121
- for narrow hoof, 115, 121
- for regular hoof, 114, 120
- for stumpy hoof, 114, 120
- for wide hoof, 115, 121
- parts of, 103
- wear of, 84
- weight of, 116
- Shoeing defective hoofs, 161
- Shoes, fitting, 118
- general properties, 107
- machine, 132
- making, 103, 105
- nailing, 128
- removing old, 97
- shaping and fitting, 117, 120
- special properties, 114
- Sickle-hock, 68
- Side-bone, 194
- Sole, 55
- contraction of, 189
- Spinal column, 17
- Splint-bones, 20
- shoe, 172
- Standing under, 66
- Station of rest, 65
- Steel, 103
- Stocks, for horses, 95
- for oxen, 209
- Stifle-joint, 20
- Stilt-foot, 184
- Street-nail, 170
- Stride, height of, 75
- length of, 75
- Stumpy hoof, 184
- Suspensory ligament, 29
- altering tension of, 36-38
- Synovia, 21
-
- Tendon, anterior extensor, 32
- deep flexor, 33
- lateral extensor, 32
- sheaths, 35
- superficial flexor, 33
- Tendons, 24
- Tension of tendon, altering, 36
- Thorax, 18
- Thrush, 206
- Tibia, 20
- Toe- and heel-calks, 112
- Toe-calk, blunt, 113
- half-sharp, 113
- sharp, 112
- Toe-crack, 197
- Tools for making shoes, 104
- Tread, 173
- Trotters, shoeing, 124
- Trunk, 17
- Tubbing and stopping, 159
-
- Ulna, 20
-
- Vachette hook, 199
- Veins, 43
- Velvety frog, 49
- sole, 49
-
- Wall, 51
- dressing, 99
- height of, 52
- leafy layer, 53
- protective layer, 53
- slant of, 52
- thickness of, 53
- Weight, influence of, 75
- Weights, side and toe, 77
- White line, 56
- Wide hoofs, contraction of, 189
- Wry hoof, 193
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A TEXT-BOOK OF HORSESHOEING ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.